2001 Translation

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: TOH-teh

Translations: then, at that time, at that moment, thereupon, therefore

Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'then' or 'at that time'. It is used to indicate a point in time, often referring to a past or future event that follows another. It can also be used to introduce a consequence or result, similar to 'therefore' or 'in that case'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΠΕΙΤΑ, ΕΙΤΑ, ΟΥΝ

Etymology: The word ΤΟΤΕ is a primary adverb, meaning it is not derived from another word in Greek. It is related to the demonstrative pronoun 'το' (this/that).

G3767

Part of Speech: Particle, Conjunction, Adverb

Sounds like: OON

Translations: therefore, then, so, consequently, accordingly, now, indeed

Notes: This word is a particle used to indicate a logical consequence, transition, or emphasis. It often connects a statement to what precedes it, meaning 'therefore' or 'consequently'. It can also be used to introduce a new point or a summary, translated as 'then' or 'now'. In some contexts, it adds emphasis, meaning 'indeed' or 'certainly'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ἈΡΑ, ΔΕ, ΤΟΙΓΑΡΟΥ͂Ν

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *nu, meaning 'now' or 'then'. It is related to Latin 'nunc' (now) and English 'now'.

G3570

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ok-toh-kai-DEK-ah-too

Translations: of the eighteenth, eighteenth

Notes: This word is an ordinal number meaning 'eighteenth'. It is used to indicate the position in a sequence, such as 'the eighteenth year' or 'the eighteenth day'. It is a compound word formed from 'ὀκτώ' (eight) and 'καί' (and) and 'δέκα' (ten), combined with the ordinal suffix.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Etymology: The word ὈΚΤΩΚΑΙΔΕΚΑΤΟΣ is a compound of three elements: ὈΚΤΩ (oktō, 'eight'), ΚΑΙ (kai, 'and'), and ΔΕΚΑ (deka, 'ten'), with the ordinal suffix -τος. It literally means 'eight and ten', forming 'eighteen', and then 'eighteenth'.

Part of Speech: Definite Article

Sounds like: THAYS

Translations: of the

Notes: ΤΗΣ is the genitive, singular, feminine form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to indicate possession, origin, or relationship for feminine singular nouns. For example, 'the house of the woman' would use ΤΗΣ for 'of the woman'. It functions similarly to 'of the' in English.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Etymology: The Greek definite article 'Ο' (of which ΤΗΣ is an inflection) derives from a Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronoun root. It evolved to function as a definite article in ancient Greek, marking nouns as specific or previously mentioned.

Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)

Sounds like: geh-go-NO-toss

Translations: of having become, of having happened, of having come into being, of having been done, of having been made

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai), which means 'to become,' 'to happen,' 'to come into being,' 'to be done,' or 'to be made.' As a genitive participle, it often describes the state or result of something that has already occurred, functioning like 'of that which has happened' or 'concerning what has come to pass.' It is used to refer to an event or situation that has taken place.

Inflection: Perfect, Active, Participle, Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΓΕΝΟΜΕΝΟΥ, ΠΕΠΡΑΓΜΕΝΟΥ, ΣΥΜΒΕΒΗΚΟΤΟΣ

G3326

Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb

Sounds like: MEH-tah

Translations: with, among, after, behind, afterward, besides

Notes: ΜΕΤΑ is a versatile word that functions as both a preposition and an adverb. As a preposition, its meaning depends on the case of the noun it governs: when followed by a genitive noun, it means 'with' or 'among', indicating association or presence; when followed by an accusative noun, it means 'after' or 'behind', indicating sequence or pursuit. As an adverb, it typically means 'afterward' or 'besides'. It is a very common word in Koine Greek.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΣΥΝ, ΟΠΙΣΩ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *met- 'in the middle, among, with'. It is cognate with English 'mid' and 'middle'.

G4280

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: pro-ee-RAY-may-nas

Translations: aforementioned, aforesaid, previously said, foretold

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been said beforehand' or 'previously mentioned'. It is used to refer to things, statements, or events that have already been spoken about or referred to earlier in the text or discourse. It functions like an adjective, describing a noun that has been previously identified.

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Feminine, Accusative, Plural

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΛΕΓΩ, ΠΡΟΦΗΤΕΥΩ

G2041

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ER-gon

Translations: work, a work, deed, act, task, business

Notes: This word refers to a work, deed, or action. It can describe anything that is done, whether it's a physical labor, a moral act, or a task to be accomplished. It is often used to denote the result of an action or the activity itself.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΠΡΑΞΙΣ, ΔΟΥΛΕΙΑ, ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ

Etymology: The word 'ergon' comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *werǵ-, meaning 'to do' or 'to work'. It is related to English words like 'work' and 'energy'.

Part of Speech: Definite Article

Sounds like: toh

Translations: the

Notes: ΤΟ is the neuter singular form of the definite article 'the' in Koine Greek. It is used to specify a noun, much like 'the' in English. It can function as both the subject (nominative case) or the direct object (accusative case) of a sentence when referring to a neuter singular noun.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Etymology: The Greek definite article, including ΤΟ, derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. Its forms developed to agree in gender, number, and case with the nouns they modify.

G1911

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-peh-BAH-leh-toh

Translations: he undertook, he attempted, he laid hands on, he cast upon

Notes: This word is a compound verb, formed from the preposition ἐπί (epi, meaning 'upon' or 'on') and the verb βάλλω (ballō, meaning 'to throw' or 'to cast'). In the middle voice, as seen here, it often means 'to cast oneself upon' or 'to undertake' or 'to attempt' something. It describes an action initiated by the subject upon themselves or an endeavor they embark upon.

Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Middle Voice, Third Person Singular

Synonyms: ΠΕΙΡΑΩ, ΕΠΙΧΕΙΡΕΩ

Etymology: The word ἐπιβάλλω is a compound of the preposition ἐπί (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'on', and the verb βάλλω (ballō), meaning 'to throw' or 'to cast'. Its meaning evolved from literally 'throwing upon' to more figurative senses like 'imposing' or 'undertaking'.

G3501

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: neh-OHN

Translations: of new, of young, of new things, of young people

Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the adjective 'ΝΕΟΣ' (neos), which means 'new' or 'young'. It is used to describe something that is fresh, recent, or in an early stage of development, or to refer to people who are young in age. As a genitive plural, it typically translates as 'of new things' or 'of young people', indicating possession, origin, or relationship.

Inflection: Genitive, Plural, All genders

Synonyms: ΚΑΙΝΟΣ, ΠΡΟΣΦΑΤΟΣ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'new'. It is related to the Latin 'novus' and English 'new'.

G3588, G3778

Part of Speech: Definite Article, Demonstrative Pronoun, Particle

Sounds like: too

Translations: of the, of him, of it, of this, to, in order to

Notes: This word is a form of the definite article 'the' or a demonstrative pronoun 'this/that'. It is most commonly used to indicate possession or relationship, translating as 'of the' or 'of him/it'. It can also be used before an infinitive verb to express purpose, meaning 'to' or 'in order to'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Etymology: The word 'Ο' (ho), from which 'ΤΟΥ' is derived, comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is an ancient word that has evolved to serve various grammatical functions in Greek.

Part of Speech: Preposition, Numeral

Sounds like: DEE

Translations: through, by means of, on account of, because of, 14

Notes: This word is most commonly an elided form of the preposition ΔΙΑ (dia), meaning 'through', 'by means of', 'on account of', or 'because of'. It is used to indicate the means by which something is done or the reason for an action. It can also represent the Greek numeral 14, indicated by a keraia (a mark similar to an apostrophe) which is often omitted in transcription.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition or numeral)

Synonyms: ΕΚ, ΥΠΟ, ΕΝΕΚΕΝ

Etymology: The preposition ΔΙΑ comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'through' or 'apart'.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tah-skay-vah-SAH-sthai

Translations: to prepare, to build, to construct, to make ready, to furnish, to provide

Notes: This word means to prepare, build, or construct something. It implies making something ready or furnishing it for a specific purpose. It is often used in contexts of building structures, preparing a place, or equipping something.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ, ΠΟΙΕΩ

Etymology: From κατά (kata, 'down, against') and σκευάζω (skeuazō, 'to prepare, equip'). The latter comes from σκεῦος (skeuos, 'vessel, implement, equipment').

G5037

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Particle

Sounds like: TEH

Translations: and, both, also, even, then, so, indeed

Notes: This word is a postpositive particle, meaning it typically appears after the word it modifies or connects. It functions as a conjunction, often translated as 'and' or 'both...and', connecting words, phrases, or clauses. It can also add emphasis or indicate a consequence, sometimes translated as 'also' or 'even'. When used in pairs (τε...τε or τε...καί), it means 'both...and'. It is less emphatic than 'καί' (kai) and often implies a closer connection or a more natural pairing between the elements it joins.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΚΑΙ, ΔΕ, ΑΛΛΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kʷe, a clitic particle meaning 'and'. It is cognate with Latin -que and Sanskrit ca.

G4033

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: peh-ree-BOH-lon

Translations: enclosure, a enclosure, wall, a wall, fence, a fence, circuit, a circuit, surrounding area, a surrounding area

Notes: This word refers to something that surrounds or encloses, such as a wall, a fence, a boundary, or a defined area. It can describe a physical structure or a conceptual space that encompasses something.

Inflection: Accusative, Singular, Neuter

Synonyms: ΤΕΙΧΟΣ, ΦΡΑΓΜΟΣ, ΚΥΚΛΟΣ

Etymology: The word is derived from the Greek preposition περί (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about', and the verb βάλλω (ballō), meaning 'to throw' or 'to cast'. It literally means 'that which is thrown around' or 'that which surrounds'.

G2532

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb

Sounds like: kahee

Translations: and, also, even, but, then

Notes: ΚΑΙ is a very common conjunction in Koine Greek, primarily meaning 'and' to connect words, phrases, or clauses. It can also function as an adverb, emphasizing a word or phrase with meanings like 'also' or 'even'. In some contexts, it can introduce a contrast, similar to 'but', or indicate sequence, meaning 'then'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Etymology: The word ΚΑΙ is an ancient particle, tracing its origins back to Proto-Indo-European. It has remained remarkably stable in form and function throughout the history of the Greek language.

G4314

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: PROSS

Translations: to, toward, with, against, for, at, near, by, in relation to

Notes: This is a common and versatile preposition in Koine Greek. It indicates direction, relation, or purpose, and its precise meaning often depends on the case of the noun it governs. For example, with the accusative case, it typically means 'to' or 'toward' (indicating motion or direction), 'against' (indicating opposition), or 'in relation to'. With the genitive case, it can mean 'from' (indicating origin or source) or 'in the presence of'. With the dative case, it can mean 'at' or 'near' (indicating proximity). It is used to express a wide range of relationships between actions, objects, and people.

Inflection: Does not inflect, but governs various cases (accusative, genitive, dative).

Synonyms: ΕΙΣ, ΕΠΙ, ΠΑΡΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'forward, toward'. It is related to other words indicating movement or direction.

G5311

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: Y-PSOS

Translations: height, a height, high, on high, top, summit, heaven

Notes: This word refers to the state of being high or elevated. It can denote physical height, such as the height of a tree or a building, or a more abstract sense of being 'on high' or in a lofty position, often referring to heaven or a place of divine authority. It is used to describe both literal elevation and metaphorical exaltation.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΑΝΩ, ΟΥΡΑΝΟΣ

Etymology: The word "ΥΨΟΣ" comes from the adjective "ὑψύς" (hypsys), meaning "high" or "lofty." It is related to the Proto-Indo-European root *up-, meaning "up, over."

G516

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ax-ee-oh-preh-PES-teh-ron

Translations: more fitting, more becoming, more appropriate, more dignified, a more fitting thing

Notes: This word is the neuter singular comparative form of the adjective 'ἀξιόπρεπης' (axioprepes), meaning 'fitting' or 'becoming'. As a comparative, it indicates a greater degree of these qualities, thus 'more fitting' or 'more dignified'. It describes something that is more suitable, proper, or worthy of respect in a given context.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Comparative

Synonyms: ΠΡΕΠΩΔΕΣΤΕΡΟΝ, ΕΥΠΡΕΠΕΣΤΕΡΟΝ

Etymology: The word ἀξιόπρεπης (axioprepes) is a compound word formed from ἄξιος (axios), meaning 'worthy' or 'deserving', and πρέπω (prepo), meaning 'to be fitting' or 'to be becoming'.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-GAY-reen

Translations: to raise, to awaken, to stir up, to erect, to build

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to raise' or 'to awaken'. It can be used in various contexts, such as raising a person from sleep or death, raising a structure like a wall or mound, or stirring up emotions or actions. It implies bringing something from a lower or inactive state to a higher or active one.

Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΑΝΙΣΤΑΝ, ΑΝΟΡΘΟΥΝ, ΕΞΕΓΕΙΡΕΙΝ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *h₁ger- ('to awaken, to rouse').

G0537

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-PAN-tohn

Translations: (of) all, (of) everyone, (of) everything

Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the adjective 'ΑΠΑΣ' (apas), meaning 'all', 'every', or 'the whole'. It is a compound word formed from 'α-' (a-, a prefix indicating totality or completeness) and 'πας' (pas, meaning 'all' or 'every'). As a genitive plural, it indicates possession, origin, or relationship for multiple entities, often translated as 'of all' or 'concerning all'.

Inflection: Genitive, Plural, All genders

Synonyms: ΠΑΝΤΩΝ, ΟΛΩΝ

Etymology: The word ΑΠΑΣ (apas) is a compound of the intensive prefix ἀ- (a-) and the word πᾶς (pas), meaning 'all' or 'every'. The prefix ἀ- intensifies the meaning of 'all' to 'the whole' or 'everyone without exception'.

Part of Speech: Pronoun

Sounds like: ow-TOH

Translations: (to) him, (to) her, (to) it, (to) himself, (to) herself, (to) itself

Notes: This word is the dative singular form of the pronoun 'ΑΥ̓ΤΟΣ'. It functions as a personal pronoun meaning 'him', 'her', or 'it' when used as an indirect object, often translated with 'to' or 'for'. It can also function as an intensive pronoun meaning 'himself', 'herself', or 'itself', emphasizing the subject. In some contexts, especially with the definite article, it can act as a demonstrative pronoun meaning 'the same'. Its usage depends heavily on the surrounding context.

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Feminine or Neuter

G4238

Part of Speech: Participle, Noun

Sounds like: pep-rag-MEH-non

Translations: (of) things done, (of) deeds, (of) actions, (of) accomplishments

Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the perfect passive participle of the verb 'πράσσω' (prassō), meaning 'to do' or 'to accomplish'. It refers to things that have been done or accomplished, often translated as 'deeds' or 'actions'. It functions as a noun in this form, indicating possession or relation to these completed actions.

Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter, Perfect, Passive, Participle

Synonyms: ΕΡΓΩΝ, ΠΟΙΗΜΑΤΩΝ

G4022

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: peh-ree-see-MOH-teh-ron

Translations: more notable, more distinguished, more excellent, a more notable thing, a more distinguished thing, a more excellent thing

Notes: This word is the neuter singular form of the comparative adjective 'perisēmos', meaning 'more notable' or 'more distinguished'. It describes something that stands out or is more prominent than others. It can be used to describe a thing that is more excellent or remarkable.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Comparative

Synonyms: ΕΝΔΟΞΟΤΕΡΟΝ, ΕΠΙΣΗΜΟΤΕΡΟΝ

Etymology: The word ΠΕΡΙΣΗΜΟΣ (perisēmos) is a compound of περί (peri), meaning 'around' or 'very', and σῆμα (sēma), meaning 'sign' or 'mark'. Thus, it literally means 'marked all around' or 'very marked', leading to the sense of 'very notable' or 'distinguished'.

G5618

Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction

Sounds like: OH-sper

Translations: just as, as, even as, like, in the same way as

Notes: This word functions as a comparative adverb or conjunction, meaning 'just as' or 'even as'. It is used to introduce a clause that draws a comparison or analogy, indicating that something is happening or is true in the same manner or degree as something else. It emphasizes the similarity between two things or actions.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΚΑΘΩΣ, ΩΣ, ΚΑΘΑΠΕΡ

Etymology: From the adverb ὡς (hōs, "as") and the particle περ (per, "indeed, very"), emphasizing the comparison.

G1615

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ek-teh-les-theh-SEH-sthai

Translations: to have been completed, to have been finished, to have been accomplished, to be completed, to be finished, to be accomplished

Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb τελέω (teleō), meaning 'to complete' or 'to finish'. As a future perfect passive infinitive, it describes an action that will have been completed by a future point in time, with the subject receiving the action. It is used to express the state of something being brought to a full and final conclusion.

Inflection: Future Perfect, Passive, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΤΕΛΕΩ, ΠΛΗΡΟΩ, ΠΕΡΑΙΝΩ

Etymology: The word ἐκτελέω is derived from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb τελέω (teleō), meaning 'to complete' or 'to finish'. The root τελέω comes from τέλος (telos), meaning 'end' or 'goal'.

Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective

Sounds like: TOO-toh

Translations: this, that, it, a this, a that

Notes: ΤΟΥΤΟ is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective in Koine Greek, meaning 'this' or 'that'. It is the neuter singular form and can function as either the nominative or accusative case. As a pronoun, it refers to a specific thing or concept, often pointing it out. As an adjective, it modifies a neuter singular noun, indicating 'this' or 'that' particular noun. For example, it might be used in phrases like 'this thing' or 'that matter'.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΥΤΟΣ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΟΥΤΟΣ (houtos) is a demonstrative pronoun in Koine Greek, meaning 'this' or 'that'. Its origin is ancient, deriving from Proto-Indo-European roots that conveyed the idea of proximity or pointing.

G0166

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ahee-OH-nee-on

Translations: eternal, everlasting, age-long, perpetual

Notes: This word describes something that pertains to an age or period of time, often implying a duration that is either without end or of very long duration. It can refer to something that has always existed, will always exist, or is characteristic of a particular age. In many contexts, it is translated as 'eternal' or 'everlasting', emphasizing endless duration.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑἸΔΙΟΣ, ΑΚΑΤΑΛΥΤΟΣ

Etymology: Derived from the Koine Greek word ΑἸΩΝ (AIŌN), meaning 'age' or 'eternity'.

G0714

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ar-KEH-seen

Translations: to be sufficient, to be enough, to suffice, to satisfy, to content

Notes: This word means to be sufficient or enough, indicating that something meets the required standard or quantity. It can also mean to satisfy or content someone. It is often used impersonally, meaning 'it is enough' or 'it suffices'.

Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΙΚΑΝΟΩ, ΕΞΑΡΚΕΩ

Etymology: The word ἈΡΚΈΩ (arkeō) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to a root meaning 'to ward off' or 'to be strong enough'.

G1161

Part of Speech: Particle, Conjunction

Sounds like: DEH

Translations: but, and, now, then, moreover, however

Notes: ΔΕ is a common Koine Greek particle or conjunction used to connect clauses or sentences. It often indicates a transition, a contrast, or a continuation of thought. It can be translated in various ways depending on the context, such as 'but' when indicating opposition, 'and' when simply continuing a narrative, or 'now'/'then' when marking a new point or development.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΚΑΙ, ΑΛΛΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'and' or 'but'. It is an ancient particle used to connect ideas or introduce new information.

G4128

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: PLAY-thoss

Translations: multitude, a multitude, crowd, a crowd, great number, abundance, a great number

Notes: This word refers to a large number or quantity of people or things. It can be used to describe a crowd of people, a large amount of something, or a general abundance. For example, it might refer to a large gathering of disciples or a great quantity of fish.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΟΧΛΟΣ, ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΑΓΕΛΗ

Etymology: From the Greek root *pleth-* meaning 'to be full' or 'to fill'. It is related to words indicating fullness or abundance.

G1987

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: ep-is-TAH-men-os

Translations: knowing, understanding, being acquainted with, being skilled in, being experienced in

Notes: This word is a present participle derived from the verb 'epistamai', meaning 'to know' or 'to understand'. It describes someone who possesses knowledge, skill, or understanding in a particular area. It can be used to describe a person who is knowledgeable, skilled, or experienced.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular

Synonyms: ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩΝ, ΕΙΔΩΣ, ΣΥΝΙΩΝ

G3761

Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction

Sounds like: oo-DEH

Translations: not even, neither, nor, and not

Notes: This is a compound word formed from the negative particle 'οὐ' (not) and the conjunction 'δέ' (but, and). It is used to emphasize a negation, meaning 'not even' or 'neither/nor'. It can connect clauses or phrases, indicating that something is also not true or not happening. For example, it can be used in a sentence like 'He did not go, nor did he send anyone.'

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΟΥ̓, ΜΗΔΕ, ΜΗ

Etymology: From the negative particle 'οὐ' (not) and the postpositive conjunction 'δέ' (but, and).

G4488

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: HRAH-dee-on

Translations: easy, a easy thing, easy to do, readily, easily

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'easy' or 'ready'. It describes something that is not difficult to do or accomplish. In the provided examples, it is used with 'οὐ' (ou) meaning 'not', so 'οὐ ῥᾴδιον' means 'not easy' or 'difficult'. It can be used to describe tasks, situations, or concepts.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΕΥΚΟΛΟΣ, ΚΟΥΦΟΣ

Etymology: The word ῥᾴδιος (rhadios) is thought to be derived from the Proto-Indo-European root *wreh₁dʰ- meaning 'to grow, to sprout', which evolved to mean 'easy' or 'ready' in Greek, perhaps implying something that comes forth readily or without effort.

G3172

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: MEG-eh-thos

Translations: greatness, magnitude, size, a greatness, a magnitude, a size

Notes: This word refers to the quality of being great in size, extent, or importance. It can describe physical dimensions, as in the size of an object, or abstract concepts like the greatness of a person or an event. It is typically used to denote a significant scale or degree.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΜΕΓΑΛΕΙΟΤΗΣ, ΜΕΓΑΛΟΣΥΝΗ

Etymology: The word "ΜΕΓΕΘΟΣ" comes from the adjective "μέγας" (megas), meaning "great" or "large." It is formed with the suffix "-θος" which is used to create nouns denoting a quality or state.

G0515

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ay-KSEE-oo

Translations: was thinking worthy, was deeming worthy, was demanding, was asking, was requesting, was claiming, was expecting

Notes: This word is the imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'axioō'. It means 'to deem worthy,' 'to consider worthy,' 'to ask,' 'to request,' or 'to demand.' It describes an ongoing or repeated action in the past, indicating that someone was continuously or repeatedly considering something worthy, or making a request or demand. It often implies a sense of entitlement or a belief that one has a right to something.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Imperfect, Active, Indicative

Synonyms: ΑἸΤΈΩ, ΖΗΤΈΩ, ΔΈΟΜΑΙ

G3056

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: LO-go

Translations: (to) word, (to) reason, (to) account, (to) saying, (to) message, (to) speech, (to) matter, (to) thing, by word, by reason, by account, by saying, by message, by speech, by matter, by thing

Notes: This word is the dative singular form of the noun 'ΛΟΓΟΣ' (logos). 'ΛΟΓΟΣ' is a fundamental term in Greek, meaning 'word,' 'reason,' 'account,' 'speech,' or 'message.' In its dative form 'ΛΟΓΩ,' it often indicates the indirect object of an action, the means or instrument by which something is done, or the cause or reason for something. It can be translated with prepositions like 'to,' 'for,' 'by,' or 'with,' depending on the context.

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΡΗΜΑ, ΜΥΘΟΣ, ΕΠΟΣ

G4295

Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)

Sounds like: pro-ka-tas-tee-SA-me-nos

Translations: having established beforehand, having appointed beforehand, having set up beforehand, having prepared beforehand

Notes: This word is a compound verb, formed from πρό (pro, 'before'), κατά (kata, 'down' or 'against'), and ἵστημι (histēmi, 'to stand' or 'to set'). It means to establish, appoint, or set up something in advance or beforehand. It describes an action completed in the past, with the subject performing the action for themselves or in their own interest (middle voice). It is used to indicate a preparatory action.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Masculine, Singular, Nominative, Participle

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ, ΠΡΟΟΡΙΖΩ

Etymology: The verb προκαθίστημι (prokathistēmi) is a compound of πρό (pro, 'before'), κατά (kata, 'down' or 'against'), and ἵστημι (histēmi, 'to stand, to set'). It signifies setting something up or establishing it in advance.

G4779

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: soong-kah-LEH-sas

Translations: having called together, having summoned, having assembled

Notes: This word is an aorist active participle of the verb 'συγκαλέω' (sygkaleō), meaning 'to call together' or 'to summon'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that occurred prior to the main verb. It is a compound word formed from 'σύν' (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and 'καλέω' (kaleō), meaning 'to call'. It describes the action of gathering people or things into one place.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine, Aorist Active Participle

Synonyms: ΣΥΝΑΓΑΓΩΝ, ΚΑΛΕΣΑΣ

Part of Speech: Definite Article

Sounds like: TAH

Translations: the

Notes: ΤΑ is the neuter plural form of the definite article in Koine Greek. It functions similarly to 'the' in English, indicating that a noun is definite or previously mentioned. It agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun it modifies, and in this form, it can be used for both nominative (subject) and accusative (direct object) cases.

Inflection: Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is a demonstrative pronoun that evolved into a definite article in Greek.

G3303

Part of Speech: Particle, Conjunction

Sounds like: MEN

Translations: indeed, on the one hand, truly, certainly, but, however

Notes: This word is a particle often used to introduce a clause that is contrasted with a following clause, which is typically introduced by the particle δέ (de). It can indicate a concession, an affirmation, or simply serve to mark a transition in thought. While it often translates as 'indeed' or 'on the one hand,' its precise meaning is highly dependent on context and the presence of a contrasting 'δέ' clause.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΔΕ, ΓΕ, ΚΑΙ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is an ancient particle used to mark emphasis or contrast.

G0235

Part of Speech: Conjunction

Sounds like: AL-lah

Translations: but, yet, however, nevertheless, on the contrary, rather, moreover, indeed

Notes: This word is a strong adversative conjunction, used to introduce a statement that contrasts with or opposes a preceding statement. It often implies a stronger contrast than 'δέ' (de). It can also be used to introduce an emphatic statement, sometimes translated as 'indeed' or 'moreover'. It is frequently found at the beginning of a clause.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΔΕ, ΠΛΗΝ, ΟΜΩΣ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *h₂el- (other). It is related to other words meaning 'other' or 'different'.

G2596

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: KAH-tah

Translations: down, according to, against, throughout, by, during, concerning, along

Notes: ΚΑΤΑ is a versatile preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning varies significantly depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it often indicates movement 'down from,' opposition 'against,' or reference 'concerning' something. When used with the accusative case, it typically means 'down along,' 'according to,' 'throughout,' 'during,' or 'by' means of something. It can express direction, distribution, opposition, or a standard.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΑΝΤΙ, ΔΙΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kmtá, meaning 'down, with'. It is related to other prepositions and adverbs in various Indo-European languages.

Part of Speech: Definite Article

Sounds like: TANE

Translations: the

Notes: ΤΗΝ is the feminine singular accusative form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a noun that is feminine in gender, singular in number, and in the accusative case, indicating it is the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions. For example, it would be used before a feminine singular noun like 'πόλιν' (city) when 'city' is the direct object.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Etymology: The Koine Greek definite article derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. It evolved from an earlier demonstrative particle, becoming a grammatical marker for definiteness.

G3674

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: oh-mo-FY-loy

Translations: of the same race, of the same nation, fellow countrymen, kinsmen

Notes: This word is a compound adjective formed from 'ὁμός' (homos), meaning 'same', and 'φυλή' (phylē), meaning 'tribe, race, nation'. It describes people who belong to the same race, nation, or tribe. It is often used to refer to fellow countrymen or kinsmen.

Inflection: Plural, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΣΥΓΓΕΝΕΙΣ, ΣΥΜΦΥΛΟΙ

Etymology: The word ΟΜΟΦΥΛΟΣ is derived from the Greek prefix ὁμός (homos), meaning 'same', and the noun φυλή (phylē), meaning 'tribe, clan, race'. It describes a shared origin or group identity.

G4053

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun, Adverb

Sounds like: peh-ris-SON

Translations: excessive, abundant, superfluous, more, advantage, profit, something extra, an abundance, a surplus, exceedingly, abundantly

Notes: This word describes something that is exceeding, abundant, superfluous, or more than enough. As an adjective, it can mean 'excessive' or 'abundant'. As a noun, it refers to an abundance, a surplus, an advantage, or a profit. It can also function as an adverb, meaning 'exceedingly' or 'abundantly'. It is used to denote something beyond what is necessary or expected.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΠΛΕΟΝ, ΥΠΕΡΒΑΛΛΟΝ

Etymology: The word comes from the Greek preposition περί (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about', implying something that goes beyond or overflows.

G5274

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: hoo-po-lam-BAH-no

Translations: to take up, to receive, to suppose, to assume, to answer, to interrupt

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΥΠΟ (under, below) and the verb ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ (to take, to receive). Its meaning varies depending on context, ranging from physically taking something up or receiving it, to mentally supposing or assuming something. It can also mean to answer someone or to interrupt a conversation.

Inflection: Present, Active, Indicative, First Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΝΟΜΙΖΩ, ΟΙΟΜΑΙ, ΑΠΟΚΡΙΝΟΜΑΙ

G2543

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb

Sounds like: KAI-toy

Translations: and yet, although, though, nevertheless, yet, even though

Notes: ΚΑΙΤΟΙ is a conjunction or adverb used to introduce a statement that contrasts with or qualifies what has just been said. It often implies a sense of 'and yet' or 'nevertheless,' indicating a concession or a surprising fact. It can be used to introduce a counter-argument or to emphasize a point despite previous information.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΚΑΙΠΕΡ, ΟΜΩΣ, ΠΛΗΝ

Etymology: ΚΑΙΤΟΙ is a compound word formed from the conjunction ΚΑΙ (kai, 'and, also, even') and the particle ΤΟΙ (toi, 'indeed, surely'). It emphasizes the 'and yet' or 'nevertheless' aspect.

Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective

Sounds like: TOO-ton

Translations: this, this one, him, it

Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, used to point out something specific that is near in proximity, time, or thought, or something that has just been mentioned. As a pronoun, it can stand in for a noun, meaning 'this one' or 'him/it'. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, meaning 'this' (e.g., 'this house'). In this form, it is masculine singular and in the accusative case, meaning it functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΝ

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-GEH-neh-toh

Translations: it happened, it came to pass, it became, it was, it came into being

Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist indicative middle/passive of the verb γίνομαι (ginomai). It signifies an event that occurred or a state that came into existence in the past. It is frequently used to introduce a new event or development in a narrative, often translated as 'it happened' or 'it came to pass'. It can also describe something becoming or being made into something else.

Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Middle or Passive Voice, 3rd Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΕΙΜΙ, ΥΠΑΡΧΩ

G5613

Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction, Preposition

Sounds like: OHS

Translations: as, like, when, how, about, approximately, that, so that

Notes: ΩΣ is a versatile particle in Koine Greek, primarily functioning as a conjunction or adverb. It is used to introduce comparisons ('as,' 'like'), indicate time ('when'), express manner ('how'), or denote purpose or result ('so that,' 'that'). It can also indicate approximation ('about,' 'approximately') or serve as a preposition meaning 'to' or 'towards' with certain cases.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΩΣΠΕΡ, ΚΑΘΩΣ, ΩΣΑΝΕΙ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to demonstrative pronouns and adverbs indicating manner or comparison.

G1642

Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective

Sounds like: eh-LAHT-toh

Translations: less, smaller, inferior, worse

Notes: This word functions as an adverb meaning 'less' or 'to a lesser degree', or as an adjective meaning 'smaller' or 'inferior'. It is often used in comparative contexts to indicate something is of a lower quantity, quality, or size compared to something else. For example, it can describe a kingdom that is 'smaller' or 'lesser' than a previous one.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as an adverb); Adjective forms inflect for gender, number, and case (e.g., ἘΛΑΤΤΩΝ is masculine/feminine singular nominative/accusative, comparative degree).

Synonyms: ΜΕΙΖΩΝ, ΗΣΣΩΝ

Etymology: The word ἘΛΑΤΤΩ (elattō) is derived from the Proto-Indo-European root *h₁el- meaning 'to go, to come'. It is the comparative form of the adjective ἐλαχύς (elakhys), meaning 'small' or 'little'.

G0575

Part of Speech: Preposition, Prefix

Sounds like: AP

Translations: from, away from, of, by, with, after, since

Notes: This is an elided form of the Greek preposition 'ἀπό' (apo), which means 'from' or 'away from'. It is commonly used to indicate separation, origin, or cause. It can also function as a prefix in compound words, carrying a similar sense of separation or completion. When used as a preposition, it typically takes the genitive case. The apostrophe indicates that the final vowel (omicron) has been dropped because the next word begins with a vowel.

Inflection: Does not inflect (preposition); functions as a prefix in compound words

Synonyms: ΕΚ, ΠΑΡΑ

Etymology: The Greek preposition 'ἀπό' (apo) comes from Proto-Indo-European *apo-, meaning 'off, away'.

G2889

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: KOS-mon

Translations: world, a world, universe, an universe, adornment, an adornment, order, an order

Notes: This word refers to the world, the universe, or the created order. It can also mean adornment, decoration, or arrangement. In the New Testament, it often refers to humanity or the sinful world system, but can also refer to the physical world. As an accusative noun, it typically functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions.

Inflection: Singular, Masculine, Accusative

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΥΜΕΝΗ, ΑΙΩΝ

G4183

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: PLEH-yoh

Translations: more, greater, many, much, a lot

Notes: This word is an inflected form of the adjective 'πολύς' (polys), meaning 'much' or 'many'. 'Πλείω' specifically functions as the comparative form, meaning 'more' or 'greater'. It is used to indicate a larger quantity, degree, or number of something compared to another. It can be used adverbially to mean 'more' or 'further'.

Inflection: Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Singular; or Masculine/Feminine/Neuter, Accusative, Plural

Synonyms: ΠΛΕΙΟΤΕΡΟΣ, ΠΛΕΟΝ

G5342

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: FEH-rine

Translations: to bear, to carry, to bring, to lead, to endure, to produce

Notes: This word is the present active infinitive form of the verb ΦΕΡΩ. It means "to bear," "to carry," or "to bring." It can also imply enduring something or producing fruit/results. It is used to express an action without specifying a subject or tense, often functioning like an English infinitive phrase.

Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΑΓΩ, ΚΟΜΙΖΩ, ΒΑΣΤΑΖΩ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *bʰer- meaning 'to carry, to bear'. It is cognate with Latin ferō, English bear, and Sanskrit bharati.

G1063

Part of Speech: Particle

Sounds like: gar

Translations: for, because, indeed, then, therefore

Notes: This word is a postpositive particle, meaning it typically appears second in a clause. It introduces a reason, explanation, or confirmation for what has just been stated. It can also indicate a logical consequence or a transition in thought, often translated as 'for' or 'because'. In some contexts, it can simply add emphasis or affirm a statement.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΔΙΟΤΙ, ΕΠΕΙ, ΟΥΝ

Etymology: The particle ΓΑΡ is believed to be a contraction of the particles γε (ge) meaning 'indeed' or 'at least' and ἄρα (ara) meaning 'then' or 'therefore'. It has been in use since ancient Greek.

G1722

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: en

Translations: in, on, among, with, by, at

Notes: This word is a common preposition in Koine Greek, primarily meaning 'in' or 'on'. It typically governs the dative case, indicating location, time, or means. Its precise translation can vary depending on the context, often conveying ideas like 'within,' 'among,' or 'by means of'.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition, it governs cases but does not change its own form).

Etymology: The Koine Greek preposition 'ἘΝ' derives from the Proto-Indo-European root *en, meaning 'in' or 'into'. It has cognates in many other Indo-European languages, reflecting its ancient origin.

G1422

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: dys-kheh-RES-tah-toys

Translations: (to) most difficult, (to) most troublesome, (to) most hard to bear, (to) most grievous

Notes: This word is the dative plural form of the superlative adjective 'δυσχερής' (dyscheres). It describes something as being 'most difficult' or 'most troublesome'. It is used to indicate the highest degree of difficulty, trouble, or grievousness, often in a context where something is hard to manage or endure.

Inflection: Superlative, Plural, Dative, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter

Synonyms: ΧΑΛΕΠΩΤΑΤΟΙΣ, ΒΑΡΥΤΑΤΟΙΣ

Etymology: The word 'δυσχερής' (dyscheres) is a compound word formed from 'δυσ-' (dys-), a prefix indicating difficulty or badness, and 'χείρ' (cheir), meaning 'hand', implying something that is 'hard to handle' or 'difficult to manage'.

G0272

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: ah-meh-LAY-sas

Translations: having neglected, having been careless, having disregarded, having been negligent

Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'ἀμελέω' (ameleō), meaning 'to neglect' or 'to be careless'. As a participle, it describes an action that has been completed prior to the main verb of the sentence. It functions adjectivally or adverbially, indicating the state or action of the subject.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ΟΛΙΓΩΡΗΣΑΣ, ΠΑΡΟΡΑΣ

Etymology: The word ἀμελέω (ameleō) comes from the prefix ἀ- (a-), meaning 'not' or 'without', and μέλει (melei), meaning 'it is a care' or 'it concerns'. Thus, it literally means 'to be without care' or 'to not be concerned with'.

G1519

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: EES

Translations: into, to, for, unto, among, in, toward

Notes: This word is a preposition that primarily indicates motion towards or into something. It is always used with the accusative case, showing the destination or goal of an action. It can also express purpose, result, or the object of an action. For example, it is used to say 'go into the city' or 'believe into Christ'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Etymology: The word ΕἸΣ comes from Proto-Indo-European *en-s, which is a locative adverb meaning 'in, into'. It is related to the English word 'in'.

G1308

Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective

Sounds like: dee-ah-feh-RON-tohn

Translations: differing, excellent, important, a matter of importance, of importance, of value, of consequence

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'διαφέρω' (diapherō), meaning 'to carry through, to differ, to excel, to be important'. In this form, it functions as an adjective or a substantive (noun), often referring to things that are important, excellent, or of consequence. It can describe something that stands out or is distinct.

Inflection: Present Active Participle, Genitive, Plural, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΣΠΟΥΔΑΙΩΝ, ΑΞΙΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΩΝ

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: kah-tah-skay-oo-AHS-mah-sin

Translations: (to) preparations, (to) arrangements, (to) structures, (to) constructions, (to) furnishings

Notes: This word refers to things that have been prepared, arranged, or constructed. It can denote a structure, a building, or any kind of equipment or furnishing. It is used to describe the results of a process of making or building something.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΗ, ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΗ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΣΙΑ

Etymology: The word ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΑΣΜΑ (kataskeuasma) is derived from the verb κατασκευάζω (kataskeuazō), meaning 'to prepare, construct, build,' which itself is formed from κατά (kata, 'down, against, according to') and σκευάζω (skeuazō, 'to prepare, equip').

G2038

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: eh-pee-tay-DEOO-sas

Translations: having practiced, having pursued, having studied, having contrived, having made a business of

Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'to practice' or 'to pursue'. It describes an action that has been completed in the past, indicating someone who has engaged in, pursued, or made a habit of a particular activity or way of life. It can refer to the diligent application of effort towards something, whether good or bad, or the contriving of a plan.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular

Synonyms: ΠΡΑΞΑΣ, ΠΟΙΗΣΑΣ, ΜΕΛΕΤΗΣΑΣ

G3123

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: MAHL-lon

Translations: more, rather, much more, especially

Notes: This word is a comparative adverb meaning 'more' or 'rather'. It is used to indicate a preference, a greater degree, or an intensification of something. It often appears in contexts where a comparison is being made, suggesting that one thing is true to a greater extent than another, or that one action is preferred over another. For example, it can mean 'more' in terms of quantity or intensity, or 'rather' when expressing a choice or preference.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΠΛΕΟΝ, ΜΑΛΙΣΤΑ

Etymology: ΜΑΛΛΟΝ is a comparative adverb derived from an obsolete positive form related to the concept of 'much' or 'very'. It functions as the comparative degree of this implied positive.

G2228, G3588

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Definite Article, Numeral

Sounds like: AY

Translations: or, the, 8

Notes: This word can function as a conjunction meaning 'or', indicating an alternative or choice between two or more options. It can also be the feminine nominative singular form of the definite article 'the', used to specify a feminine noun that is the subject of a sentence. The '̓' (coronis) indicates that this form is an elision, meaning it's a shortened form of a word like ἤ (e.g., when followed by a vowel). Additionally, the '̓' could be a keraia, indicating the numeral 8.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as conjunction or numeral); Singular, Nominative, Feminine (as definite article)

Etymology: The conjunction ἤ (e.g., from which Ἠ is an elision) is of uncertain origin. The definite article ἡ (from which Ἠ is an elision) comes from Proto-Indo-European. The numeral meaning is derived from the Greek letter eta (Η), which was used to represent the number 8.

G0423

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-neh-pee-reh-AS-ton

Translations: unassailable, unmolested, unharmed, uninjured, free from attack, an unassailable thing

Notes: This word describes something that is not subject to harm, attack, or injury. It signifies a state of being secure, protected, or free from any form of molestation or assault. It can be used to describe a person, a state, or a thing that remains untouched or unaffected by external negative influences.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative or Vocative

Synonyms: ΑΚΙΝΔΥΝΟΣ, ΑΣΦΑΛΗΣ, ΑΒΛΑΒΗΣ

G3633

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: OY-mahee

Translations: I think, I suppose, I imagine, I believe

Notes: This verb means 'to think', 'to suppose', 'to imagine', or 'to believe'. It is often used parenthetically in a sentence, similar to how one might say 'I think' or 'I suppose' in English to express an opinion or a less certain statement.

Inflection: First Person, Singular, Present, Indicative, Middle/Passive

Synonyms: ΔΟΚΕΩ, ἩΓΕΟΜΑΙ, ΝΟΜΙΖΩ

Etymology: The word Οἴομαι (oiomai) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to the root *oi- meaning 'to think' or 'to suppose'.

G4862

Part of Speech: Preposition, Prefix

Sounds like: soon

Translations: with, together with, along with

Notes: ΣΥΝ is a preposition that typically takes the dative case, meaning 'with' or 'together with', indicating association, accompaniment, or union. It is also very commonly used as a prefix in compound words, where it conveys the idea of 'togetherness', 'union', 'completion', or 'joint action'. For example, 'συντρίβω' (syntribo) means 'to break together' or 'to crush', and 'συνκαίω' (synkaio) means 'to burn together'.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition); as a prefix, it modifies the meaning of the verb or noun it attaches to.

Synonyms: ΜΕΤΑ, ΟΜΟΥ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kom, meaning 'with' or 'beside'. It is cognate with Latin 'cum' and English 'co-' or 'con-'.

Part of Speech: Definite Article, Pronoun

Sounds like: TAY

Translations: to the, for the, by the, with the, in the, who, which

Notes: This word is the dative singular feminine form of the definite article, meaning 'to the', 'for the', 'by the', 'with the', or 'in the' when used with a feminine noun in the dative case. It can also function as a relative pronoun, meaning 'who' or 'which', referring to a feminine antecedent. It is used to specify a particular feminine noun or to introduce a relative clause.

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Feminine

Etymology: The Greek definite article derives from Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronouns. It developed from an earlier demonstrative pronoun in Ancient Greek.

G3745

Part of Speech: Adjective, Adverb

Sounds like: OH-son

Translations: as much as, as many as, as great as, how much, how many, how great, as far as, as long as, as soon as, as

Notes: This word is a relative adjective or pronominal adjective, meaning 'as much as' or 'as many as'. It is often used to indicate quantity, extent, or degree. When used as an adverb, it can mean 'as far as', 'as long as', or 'as soon as'. It can introduce a clause that specifies a measure or comparison. For example, 'as much as you want' or 'as many people as there are'.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΟΠΟΣΟΣ, ΗΛΙΚΟΣ

Etymology: From the demonstrative pronoun *ho* (the) and the suffix -sos, indicating quantity or measure. It is related to ὅς (hos, 'who, which') and τοσοῦτος (tosoutos, 'so great, so much').

G4387

Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective

Sounds like: PRO-teh-ron

Translations: before, formerly, first, earlier, a former thing, a prior thing

Notes: This word functions primarily as an adverb meaning 'before' or 'formerly' in time, indicating something that happened earlier or previously. It can also be the neuter singular form of the comparative adjective 'πρότερος', meaning 'prior' or 'former', often used substantively to refer to 'the former thing' or 'that which was before'. It is used to contrast with something that comes later.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative (often used adverbially)

Synonyms: ΠΡΙΝ, ΠΑΛΑΙ, ΕΜΠΡΟΣΘΕΝ

Etymology: The word ΠΡΟΤΕΡΟΣ is a comparative form derived from the preposition πρό (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of'.

G0071

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-geh-O-kheh-nai

Translations: to have led, to have brought, to have carried, to have driven

Notes: This word is the perfect active infinitive form of the verb 'ἄγω' (agō). It describes the state of having completed the action of leading, bringing, carrying, or driving. It is used to express a past action that has a continuing result or relevance in the present, often in indirect statements or as a complement to another verb.

Inflection: Perfect, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΦΕΡΕΙΝ, ΚΟΜΙΖΕΙΝ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *h₂eǵ- ('to drive, draw, move'). Cognates include Latin agō ('to drive, do'), Sanskrit ájati ('drives, impels'), and Old English acan ('to ache').

G1484

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ETH-nos

Translations: nation, a nation, people, a people, Gentiles, a Gentile

Notes: This word refers to a nation, a people group, or a race. In the New Testament, it often refers specifically to the Gentiles, meaning non-Jewish people. It can be used to describe a large group of people united by common descent, culture, or language.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΛΑΟΣ, ΦΥΛΗ

Etymology: From an unknown root, possibly related to ἔθος (ethos, 'custom, habit'). It refers to a group of people sharing common customs or characteristics.

G3313

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: MEH-ross

Translations: part, a part, share, a share, portion, a portion, region, a region, side, a side

Notes: This word refers to a part, share, or portion of something. It can also denote a region or a side. It is commonly used to indicate a division or segment of a whole, or a specific area or direction.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΜΟΙΡΑ, ΚΛΗΡΟΣ, ΤΜΗΜΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *smer- 'to allot, assign'. It is related to the verb μείρομαι (meiromai), meaning 'to receive one's share'.

G1824

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ex-er-GAH-sthen-tah

Translations: having been worked out, accomplished, produced, performed, completed, brought about

Notes: This word is a passive participle derived from the verb 'ἐξεργάζομαι' (exergazomai), meaning 'to work out, accomplish, or complete'. As a passive participle, it describes something that has been worked out, accomplished, or brought to completion. It can be used to refer to things that have been produced or performed.

Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Participle, Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΠΟΙΗΘΕΝΤΑ, ΓΕΝΟΜΕΝΑ, ΤΕΛΕΣΘΕΝΤΑ

G4012

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: PEH-ree

Translations: about, concerning, around, for, on behalf of, with respect to, at, near

Notes: This word is a preposition that can take either the genitive or accusative case, and its meaning changes depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it typically means 'about', 'concerning', 'for', or 'on behalf of'. When used with the accusative case, it usually indicates spatial 'around', 'about' (in the sense of movement or position), 'at', or 'near'. It can also be used as a prefix in compound words, adding a sense of 'around' or 'excessive'.

Inflection: Governs Genitive or Accusative case; Does not inflect itself

Synonyms: ΥΠΕΡ, ΑΜΦΙ, ΕΠΙ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *peri, meaning 'around, about'. It is cognate with English 'peri-' (as in 'perimeter') and Latin 'per'.

Part of Speech: Pronoun

Sounds like: ow-TEH

Translations: she, herself, to her, for her, of her, her, it, itself, to it, for it, of it, its, they, them, themselves

Notes: This word is a form of the pronoun 'autos', meaning 'self' or 'same'. It can function as a personal pronoun (he, she, it, they), a reflexive pronoun (himself, herself, itself, themselves), or an intensive pronoun (the very, the same). Its specific meaning depends on its case, number, and gender, and the context of the sentence.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine; or Singular, Dative, Feminine; or Singular, Genitive, Feminine; or Plural, Nominative, Neuter

Etymology: The word 'autos' (from which 'autē' is derived) comes from Proto-Indo-European *h₁ew-to-, a pronominal stem. It is related to other pronouns and demonstratives in various Indo-European languages.

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: eh-GAY-ran-tes

Translations: having raised, having awakened, having arisen, having stood up, having built, having stirred up

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to raise' or 'to awaken'. It describes an action that has already occurred, indicating that the subject has performed the act of raising, awakening, or causing something to rise. It can be used to describe people who have risen from sleep or death, or who have built something, or stirred up a situation. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, modifying a noun or verb in a sentence.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Nominative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΔΙΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΕΞΕΓΕΙΡΩ

G2889

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: KOH-smoh

Translations: to the world, for the world, to an adornment, for an adornment, to an order, for an order

Notes: This word is the dative singular form of the noun 'κόσμος' (kosmos). It refers to an orderly arrangement, an adornment, or the world itself, often implying the created universe or humanity. In its dative form, it typically indicates the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to' or 'for' the world, order, or adornment, depending on the context. It can also be used to indicate location or instrument.

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΥΜΕΝΗ, ΑΙΩΝ

Etymology: The word 'κόσμος' (kosmos) is of uncertain origin, but it is thought to be related to the verb 'κοσμέω' (kosmeō), meaning 'to arrange, to order, to adorn'. It originally referred to order or arrangement, particularly in military or governmental contexts, and later came to mean 'adornment' or 'decoration'. From there, it evolved to describe the ordered universe, and by extension, the world.

G2570

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: kal-LIS-toh

Translations: most beautiful, fairest, best, most excellent, a most beautiful, the most beautiful

Notes: This word is the superlative form of the adjective 'καλός' (kalos), meaning 'good' or 'beautiful'. As a superlative, it means 'most beautiful', 'fairest', 'best', or 'most excellent'. It is used to describe something or someone as having the highest degree of beauty, goodness, or quality among a group. For example, it could be used to say 'the most beautiful land' or 'the best thing'.

Inflection: Singular, Feminine, Nominative; or Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΡΙΣΤΟΣ, ΚΡΑΤΙΣΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word 'καλός' (kalos) comes from Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'to call' or 'to sound'. It developed to mean 'beautiful' or 'good' in Greek, and 'ΚΑΛΛΙΣΤΩ' is its superlative form.

G1085

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: GEH-nos

Translations: race, kind, family, nation, offspring, stock, a race, a kind

Notes: This word refers to a group of people or things sharing a common origin, characteristic, or lineage. It can denote a family, a nation, a race, a species, or a type. It is often used to describe a lineage or descent, such as 'the race of Israel' or 'the family of David'. It can also refer to a general category or kind of something.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΦΥΛΗ, ΕΘΝΟΣ, ΣΠΕΡΜΑ

Etymology: From the Proto-Indo-European root *ǵenh₁- meaning 'to produce, beget, give birth'. It is related to words like 'genesis' and 'generation' in English.

G0837

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ee-OOX-say-men

Translations: we increased, we grew, we made to grow, we caused to grow, we enlarged, we promoted

Notes: This is a verb meaning 'to increase,' 'to grow,' or 'to cause to grow.' It is used to describe an action of growth or enlargement, whether something grows on its own or is made to grow by an agent. It can refer to physical growth, numerical increase, or even the growth of influence or prosperity.

Inflection: First Person Plural, Aorist Indicative, Active Voice

Synonyms: ΠΛΗΘΥΝΩ, ΜΕΓΑΛΥΝΩ

Etymology: The word ΑΥ̓ΞΑΝΩ comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to grow' or 'to increase.'

G4021

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: peh-ree-ER-gah

Translations: curious, meddlesome, busybody, useless, superfluous, magic arts, witchcraft, a curious thing, useless things, magic arts

Notes: This word describes something that is overly curious, meddlesome, or engaged in unnecessary or superfluous activities. It can also refer to things that are useless or, in a specific context, to magical practices or sorcery. As a noun, it refers to 'curious things' or 'useless things'. It is often used to describe someone who is a busybody or someone who dabbles in forbidden or superstitious practices.

Inflection: Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΡΓΟΣ, ΜΑΓΕΙΑ, ΚΕΝΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΠΕΡΙΕΡΓΟΣ is a compound word formed from the preposition ΠΕΡΙ (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about', and the noun ΕΡΓΟΝ (ergon), meaning 'work' or 'deed'. Thus, it literally means 'working around' or 'busying oneself about', leading to the sense of being overly busy, meddlesome, or engaged in superfluous activities.

G1492

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: EYE-doh-sin

Translations: knowing, understanding, perceiving, having seen, having known, those who know, to those who know

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'oida', meaning 'to know' or 'to have seen'. It describes someone who possesses knowledge or understanding. In the provided context, it is used in the dative plural, indicating 'to those who know' or 'to those who understand'. It functions like an adjective describing a group of people.

Inflection: Perfect Active Participle, Dative, Plural, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΓΙΝΩΣΚΟΝΤΕΣ, ΣΥΝΙΕΝΤΕΣ

G3588, G3739, G2228

Part of Speech: Definite Article, Relative Pronoun, Conjunction, Interjection

Sounds like: AY

Translations: the, who, which, or, oh, ah

Notes: This word is most commonly used as the definite article 'the' in Koine Greek, specifically as the feminine nominative singular form (e.g., 'the cry') or the neuter nominative/accusative plural form. It can also function as a relative pronoun meaning 'who' or 'which' (feminine nominative singular). Additionally, it can be a conjunction meaning 'or' or an interjection expressing surprise or emotion, similar to 'oh' or 'ah'. Its meaning is highly dependent on context.

Inflection: Feminine, Nominative, Singular (Definite Article or Relative Pronoun); Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Plural (Definite Article); Does not inflect (Conjunction or Interjection)

Etymology: The Greek definite article and related forms derive from a Proto-Indo-European demonstrative pronoun. The conjunction and interjection forms have separate, though related, origins within Proto-Indo-European.

G2025

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ep-ee-khei-REH-in

Translations: to attempt, to undertake, to lay hands on, to attack, to try

Notes: This verb means to put one's hand to something, to undertake an action, or to attempt to do something. It can also carry the sense of laying hands on someone, which can imply an attack or an act of violence. It is often used to describe the initiation of an action or an effort to achieve a goal.

Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΠΕΙΡΑΖΩ, ΤΟΛΜΑΩ, ἘΠΙΒΑΛΛΩ

Etymology: From the preposition ἐπί (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'to', and the noun χείρ (cheir), meaning 'hand'. Thus, it literally means 'to put one's hand upon'.

G1911

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-pee-BAL-loh-my

Translations: to lay upon, to throw upon, to put on, to apply oneself, to fall to one's lot, to belong to, to be fitting, to be suitable

Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from 'ἐπί' (upon, over) and 'βάλλω' (to throw, to cast). In its active voice, it means to throw or lay something upon something else. In the middle voice, as seen here, it often means to lay oneself upon, to apply oneself to something, or to fall to one's lot or share. It can also convey the sense of something being fitting or suitable for a situation.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Indicative, First Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣΠΙΠΤΩ, ΠΡΟΣΗΚΩ, ΠΡΟΣΤΙΘΗΜΙ

G2152

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: yoo-seh-BES-tah-ton

Translations: most pious, most devout, most reverent, most religious

Notes: This word is the superlative form of the adjective 'eusebēs', meaning 'pious' or 'devout'. It describes someone or something as being 'most pious' or 'most reverent', indicating the highest degree of religious devotion or respect towards God or sacred things. It is often used to describe individuals known for their exceptional godliness or adherence to religious duties.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Neuter, Superlative

Synonyms: ΘΕΟΦΙΛΕΣΤΑΤΟΝ, ΕΥ̓ΛΑΒΕΣΤΑΤΟΝ

G2570

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: KAL-lis-ton

Translations: most beautiful, finest, best, a most beautiful thing, the most beautiful thing

Notes: This word is the superlative form of the adjective 'καλός' (kalos), meaning 'good' or 'beautiful'. As a superlative, it indicates the highest degree of beauty, goodness, or excellence. It can be translated as 'most beautiful,' 'finest,' or 'best.' It is used to describe something that surpasses all others in quality or appearance.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΡΙΣΤΟΣ, ΚΡΑΤΙΣΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΚΑΛΟΣ (kalos) is of uncertain origin, but it is an ancient Greek word meaning 'beautiful,' 'good,' or 'noble.'

G1909

Part of Speech: Preposition, Prefix

Sounds like: EHF

Translations: on, upon, over, to, against, at, in, for, because of, with, by

Notes: This word is an elided form of the Greek preposition ἘΠΊ (epi), which means 'on,' 'upon,' or 'over.' The final vowel of ἘΠΊ is dropped before a word beginning with a vowel, especially a rough breathing mark, resulting in ἘΦ. Its precise meaning depends on the case of the noun it governs: with the genitive, it means 'on' or 'upon' (of place or time); with the dative, it means 'on,' 'at,' 'by,' or 'for' (of position or cause); and with the accusative, it means 'on,' 'to,' 'against,' or 'over' (of motion or purpose). It is also commonly used as a prefix in compound words.

Inflection: Does not inflect; it is an elided form of the preposition ἘΠΊ. Its meaning varies depending on the case of the noun it governs (Genitive, Dative, or Accusative).

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *opi, meaning 'on, near, against'. It is cognate with Latin ob and Sanskrit api.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ge-NEH-sthai

Translations: to become, to be, to happen, to come to pass, to arise, to be made, to be born

Notes: This word is the aorist middle infinitive form of the verb 'γίνομαι' (ginomai). It signifies the action of coming into being, happening, or being made. It can also mean to be born or to arise. As an infinitive, it often functions like 'to become' or 'to happen' in English, frequently used after verbs that express desire, ability, or necessity.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΕΙΜΙ, ΥΠΑΡΧΩ, ΠΟΙΕΩ

G1607

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ek-fah-NOH

Translations: to make manifest, to show, to reveal, to appear, to become visible

Notes: This verb means to make something visible, clear, or known. It implies bringing something out into the open or causing it to appear. It can be used to describe a person or thing becoming visible, or someone revealing information or truth. It is often used in contexts where something previously hidden or unknown is brought to light.

Inflection: First Person Singular, Present Indicative, Active Voice

Synonyms: ΔΗΛΟΩ, ΦΑΝΕΡΟΩ, ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΠΤΩ

Etymology: From the prefix ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of', and the verb φαίνω (phainō), meaning 'to shine' or 'to appear'. Thus, it literally means 'to shine forth' or 'to appear out of'.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: oh-ee-ko-do-MEH-san

Translations: they built, they were building, they did build

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'they built' or 'they were building'. It refers to the act of constructing a house, building, or any structure. It can also be used metaphorically to mean to build up, edify, or strengthen someone spiritually or morally. In the provided examples, it is used in the literal sense of constructing physical structures like altars or temples.

Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Plural

Synonyms: ΚΤΙΖΩ, ΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΑΝΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ

Etymology: The word οἰκοδομέω (oikodomeō) is a compound word derived from οἶκος (oikos), meaning 'house', and δέμω (demō), meaning 'to build'. Thus, it literally means 'to build a house'.

G3176

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: meh-GISS-toh

Translations: greatest, largest, most important, most significant, a greatest, a largest

Notes: This word is the dative singular feminine form of the adjective 'megistos', meaning 'greatest' or 'largest'. It is the superlative form of 'megas' (great). It is used to describe something as being of the highest degree in size, importance, or intensity. In a sentence, it would typically modify a feminine noun in the dative case, indicating 'to/for the greatest' or 'by the greatest'.

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΜΕΓΑΛΩ, ΠΛΕΙΣΤΩ, ΥΠΕΡΤΑΤΩ

Etymology: The word ΜΕΓΙΣΤΟΣ is the superlative form of the adjective ΜΕΓΑΣ (megas), meaning 'great'. It derives from an ancient Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'great' or 'large'.

G3962

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: PAH-teh-res

Translations: fathers, parents, ancestors

Notes: This word refers to male parents, or more broadly, to ancestors or forefathers. It can also be used in a spiritual sense to refer to spiritual leaders or founders. In a sentence, it would typically function as the subject or direct address.

Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Vocative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΓΟΝΟΙ, ΓΟΝΕΙΣ

Etymology: The word 'ΠΑΤΗΡ' comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'father'. It is a very ancient word found across many Indo-European languages.

G5118

Part of Speech: Adjective, Pronoun

Sounds like: toh-SOO-ton

Translations: so great, so much, so many, so large, so far, such, a such

Notes: This word is a demonstrative adjective or pronoun meaning 'so great,' 'so much,' or 'so many.' It is used to indicate a quantity, size, or extent that is as great as something previously mentioned or implied. It can function as an adjective modifying a noun or as a pronoun standing in for a noun. For example, it might be used to say 'so great a crowd' or 'so much money.'

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΤΟΣΟΣ, ΤΗΛΙΚΟΥΤΟΣ

G5242

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: hoo-per-EY-khen

Translations: it excelled, it surpassed, it was superior, it was preeminent, it stood out

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'ὑπέρ' (hyper), meaning 'over' or 'above', and the verb 'ἔχω' (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. Together, it means 'to hold above', 'to be superior', or 'to excel'. It describes something that is prominent, outstanding, or has a higher position or quality compared to others. It is often used to indicate superiority in rank, power, or excellence.

Inflection: 3rd Person Singular, Imperfect Active Indicative

Synonyms: ΠΕΡΙΣΣΕΥΩ, ΠΡΟΕΧΩ, ΔΙΑΦΕΡΩ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the preposition ΥΠΕΡ (hyper), meaning 'over, above, beyond', and the verb ΕΧΩ (echō), meaning 'to have, hold'. The combination signifies 'to hold above' or 'to be superior'.

Part of Speech: Definite Article, Relative Pronoun, Letter

Sounds like: OH

Translations: the, who, which, O

Notes: Ο is primarily the masculine singular nominative form of the definite article 'the'. It is used to specify a noun, similar to 'the' in English. It can also function as a relative pronoun, meaning 'who' or 'which', introducing a relative clause. Additionally, 'Ο' is the fifteenth letter of the Greek alphabet, Omicron, which corresponds to the short 'o' sound.

Inflection: Masculine, Singular, Nominative (for the article/relative pronoun); Does not inflect (for the letter)

Etymology: The definite article 'Ο' derives from Proto-Indo-European. The letter 'Ο' (Omicron) is derived from the Phoenician letter 'ayin'.

G4413

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: PRO-tos

Translations: first, a first, chief, principal, foremost, the first

Notes: This word means 'first' in terms of order, rank, or importance. It can be used as an adjective to describe a noun, or it can be used substantively (as a noun) to refer to 'the first one' or 'the chief person/thing'. It indicates precedence or priority.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΑΡΧΗ, ΠΡΩΤΙΣΤΟΣ

Etymology: From a superlative form of the Proto-Indo-European root *pro- (forward, before). It is related to the English word 'prior'.

G1565

Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective

Sounds like: eh-KAY-nos

Translations: that, that one, he, she, it, those, they

Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective meaning 'that' or 'that one'. As a pronoun, it refers to a person or thing previously mentioned or understood from context, often emphasizing distance or distinction from the speaker or listener. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, indicating 'that' specific noun. It is used to point out something or someone 'over there' or 'the one previously mentioned', contrasting with 'this' (οὗτος).

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Etymology: From ἐκεῖ (ekeî, 'there'). It refers to something or someone at a distance, contrasting with οὗτος (hoûtos, 'this one, here').

G0456

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-no-ee-ko-do-MEH-sen

Translations: built up, rebuilt, restored, built again

Notes: This is a verb meaning 'to build up,' 'to rebuild,' or 'to restore.' It implies constructing something again or improving upon an existing structure. It is often used in contexts of physical construction, but can also metaphorically refer to building up or restoring something non-physical.

Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΑΝΟΡΘΟΩ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek ἀνά (aná, 'up, again') and οἰκοδομέω (oikodoméō, 'to build a house'). It literally means 'to build a house up again' or 'to rebuild'.

G0272

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ah-meh-LEH-ee-an

Translations: neglect, a neglect, carelessness, a carelessness, heedlessness, a heedlessness

Notes: This word refers to a state of neglect, carelessness, or heedlessness. It describes a lack of proper attention or concern towards something. It can be used in sentences to indicate that a situation or outcome is due to someone's failure to take due care.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΑΠΡΟΣΕΞΙΑ, ΡΑΘΥΜΙΑ

Etymology: The word Ἀμέλεια (ameleia) comes from the Greek prefix ἀ- (a-), meaning 'not' or 'without', and the verb μέλει (melei), meaning 'it is a care' or 'it concerns'. Thus, it literally means 'without care' or 'lack of concern'.

G2607

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tah-GNO-toh

Translations: let him condemn, let him judge, let him find fault, let him accuse

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition κατά (kata, meaning 'down' or 'against') and the verb γινώσκω (ginōskō, meaning 'to know' or 'to perceive'). Together, it means to know or judge against someone, hence to condemn or find fault with. It is used to express a command or strong suggestion for a third party.

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Aorist, Imperative, Active Voice

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΚΡΙΝΩ, ΚΑΤΗΓΟΡΕΩ

Etymology: The word καταγινώσκω is formed from the preposition κατά (kata), meaning 'down' or 'against', and the verb γινώσκω (ginōskō), meaning 'to know' or 'to perceive'.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: geh-GOH-nen

Translations: has become, has happened, has come to pass, was, came into being

Notes: ΓΕΓΟΝΕΝ is the third person singular perfect active indicative form of the verb ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ (ginomai). It describes an action that has been completed in the past but has ongoing results or a continuing state in the present. It can mean 'has become,' 'has happened,' or 'has come into being,' often implying a state of existence or a new reality that has resulted from a past event.

Inflection: Perfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΕΙΜΙ, ΥΠΑΡΧΩ

Etymology: The verb ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ (ginomai) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *ǵenh₁-, meaning 'to beget, to produce, to be born.' It is related to words signifying birth, origin, and coming into existence.

G3844

Part of Speech: Preposition, Prefix

Sounds like: pa-RAH

Translations: beside, by, near, from, with, at, along, beyond, against, through, in the presence of, alongside, a

Notes: This word functions primarily as a preposition, indicating proximity, origin, or comparison. It can mean 'beside,' 'from,' 'with,' 'at,' or 'alongside,' depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used as a prefix in compound words, it often conveys ideas of proximity, deviation, or intensity, such as 'alongside,' 'beyond,' 'contrary to,' or 'through.'

Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition); as a prefix, it modifies the meaning of the verb or noun it attaches to.

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΠΙ, ΣΥΝ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *per- (meaning 'forward, through'). It is cognate with English 'for' and 'through'.

G1640

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: eh-LAT-tohn

Translations: less, smaller, inferior, a lesser, a smaller, an inferior

Notes: This word is a comparative adjective meaning 'less', 'smaller', or 'inferior'. It is used to describe something that is of a lesser quantity, size, or quality compared to something else. For example, it might describe a kingdom that is 'smaller' than another, or a person who is 'inferior' in status.

Inflection: Nominative, Singular, Masculine or Feminine; Nominative, Accusative, Singular, Neuter

Synonyms: ΜΙΚΡΟΤΕΡΟΣ, ὈΛΙΓΩΤΕΡΟΣ

Etymology: This word comes from the Greek word ἔλαττος (elattos), which is the comparative form of the adjective meaning 'small' or 'few'.

G3485

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: NAH-oss

Translations: temple, a temple, sanctuary, shrine

Notes: This word refers to a temple or sanctuary, specifically the inner sanctuary or holy place within a larger temple complex where the deity was believed to reside. It is often used to distinguish the sacred inner chamber from the outer courts or the entire temple precinct. In a sentence, it would be used like 'They entered the temple' or 'The priest served in the temple.'

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΙΕΡΟΝ, ΝΑΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΝΑΟΣ (naos) is of uncertain origin, but it is thought to be related to the verb ναίω (naiō), meaning 'to dwell' or 'to inhabit,' suggesting a place where a deity dwells.

G3739

Part of Speech: Pronoun

Sounds like: OYS

Translations: to whom, to which, to what

Notes: This word is a relative pronoun, meaning 'to whom', 'to which', or 'to what'. It is used to introduce a relative clause, connecting it to a noun or pronoun in the main clause. It indicates the indirect object of the verb in the relative clause, showing to whom or to what an action is directed. It can refer to people or things and is used for all genders.

Inflection: Dative, Plural, All genders

Synonyms: ΤΙΣ, ὉΠΟΙΟΣ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to the demonstrative pronoun and is a common form for relative pronouns across Indo-European languages.

G0664

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ah-po-GOH-noys

Translations: descendants, offspring, children, posterity

Notes: This word refers to those born after, or descended from, a particular person or group. It is used to denote future generations or the lineage that follows. For example, one might speak of the 'descendants' of Abraham.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΕΚΓΟΝΟΙ, ΤΕΚΝΑ, ΠΑΙΔΕΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the Greek preposition ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and the noun γόνος (gonos), meaning 'offspring' or 'seed'. Thus, it literally means 'from offspring' or 'born from'.

G1398

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: doo-LEH-oo-san-tes

Translations: having served, having been enslaved, having been a slave, having been in bondage

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'δουλεύω' (douleuo), meaning 'to serve' or 'to be a slave'. As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred, functioning like an adjective or adverb to modify a noun or verb. It indicates that the subject has performed the action of serving or being enslaved.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΥΠΗΡΕΤΕΩ, ΔΙΑΚΟΝΕΩ

G3326

Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb

Sounds like: MEH-tah

Translations: with, after, among, behind, by, in company with, in pursuit of, according to

Notes: This word is a preposition that can also function as an adverb. Its meaning varies depending on the case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it typically means 'with' or 'in company with'. When used with the accusative case, it usually means 'after' or 'behind' (indicating sequence or pursuit). It can also denote a change of state or position.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition, it governs cases)

Synonyms: ΣΥΝ, ΕΠΙ, ΠΡΟΣ

Etymology: The word 'μετά' (meta) comes from Proto-Indo-European *met- 'in the middle, among, with'. It is related to English 'mid' and 'middle'.

G3756

Part of Speech: Adverb, Particle

Sounds like: OOK

Translations: not, no

Notes: This word is a negative particle used to express absolute negation. It typically precedes verbs, adjectives, or adverbs to deny or contradict a statement. It is used when the negation is a statement of fact, as opposed to a hypothetical or willed negation. It has variant forms like οὐ (ou) before a consonant and οὐχ (ouch) before a rough breathing.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΜΉ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'not'. It is an ancient negative particle found in various Indo-European languages.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ES-khon

Translations: I had, I held, I possessed, I received

Notes: This word is the first person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb 'ἔχω' (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. It describes a past action that was completed at a specific point in time, without emphasis on its duration. It can be used to indicate possession, holding something, or even receiving something.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 1st Person Singular

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *seǵʰ- ('to hold, to overcome').

G4413

Part of Speech: Adjective, Adverb

Sounds like: PRO-ton

Translations: first, foremost, chief, principal, a first thing, before, at the first, in the first place

Notes: This word means 'first' in terms of order, time, importance, or rank. As an adjective, it describes something as being the first of its kind or in a sequence. As an adverb, it indicates something happening initially or in the first instance. It can also refer to the chief or most important person or thing.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΡΧΗ, ΠΡΩΤΙΣΤΟΣ, ΠΡΟΤΕΡΟΣ

Etymology: The word 'πρῶτος' (prōtos) is a superlative form derived from the Proto-Indo-European root *pro- meaning 'forward, before'. It is related to the Greek preposition 'πρό' (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of'.

G0747

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ar-KHEH-too-pon

Translations: original, pattern, a pattern, archetype, a prototype

Notes: This is a compound word derived from 'ἀρχή' (arche), meaning 'beginning' or 'first', and 'τύπος' (typos), meaning 'type', 'pattern', or 'impression'. It refers to the original pattern or model after which something is made or formed. It signifies the first or primary example of something, serving as a standard for copies.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΥΠΟΔΕΙΓΜΑ, ΤΥΠΟΣ, ΠΑΡΑΔΕΙΓΜΑ

Etymology: The word 'ἀρχέτυπον' is a compound of 'ἀρχή' (archē), meaning 'beginning, rule, chief', and 'τύπος' (typos), meaning 'blow, impression, pattern'. It literally means 'first impression' or 'original pattern'.

Part of Speech: Adjective, Pronoun

Sounds like: tow-TOO-n

Translations: the same, the very same, the same thing, a same thing

Notes: This word is a contraction of the definite article 'τὸ' (to) and the pronoun/adjective 'αὐτό' (auto), meaning 'the same' or 'the very same'. It functions as an adjective modifying a neuter singular noun, or more commonly, as a substantive meaning 'the same thing'. It is used to indicate identity or sameness between two or more entities or concepts.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ὉΜΟΙΟΣ, ἸΣΟΣ

G0321

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-nah-gah-GAYN

Translations: to bring up, to lead up, to take up, to restore, to put to sea, to offer up

Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'anago'. It generally means 'to bring up' or 'to lead up', often implying movement from a lower to a higher place, or from a hidden place to an open one. It can also refer to putting out to sea (raising anchor) or offering sacrifices (bringing them up to an altar). In a broader sense, it can mean to restore or bring back.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΑΝΑΦΕΡΩ, ΑΝΕΒΑΙΝΩ, ΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ

G1893

Part of Speech: Conjunction

Sounds like: ep-AY-day

Translations: since, because, for, inasmuch as, seeing that

Notes: This word is a conjunction used to introduce a clause that provides a reason or cause for the main clause. It can be translated as 'since,' 'because,' or 'for,' indicating a logical connection between events or statements. It is often found at the beginning of a sentence or clause.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΔΙΟΤΙ, ΓΑΡ, ΕΠΕΙ

Etymology: This word is a compound of the preposition ἘΠΙ (epi, 'upon, on') and the conjunction ἘΠΕΙ (epei, 'when, since'), with the particle ΔΗ (de, 'indeed, now'). It emphasizes the causal relationship.

G1473

Part of Speech: Pronoun

Sounds like: eh-GOH

Translations: I, me

Notes: ἘΓΩ is the first-person singular personal pronoun in Koine Greek, meaning "I" or "me." It refers to the speaker and functions primarily as the subject of a sentence. While the first-person singular verb ending often makes the pronoun redundant, ἘΓΩ is frequently used for emphasis, similar to saying "I myself" or "even I" in English. It can also be used to clarify the subject when multiple individuals are involved.

Inflection: First Person, Singular, Nominative

Etymology: This word is an ancient pronoun, tracing its origins back to Proto-Indo-European. It has cognates in many Indo-European languages, reflecting a shared linguistic heritage.

G0757

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: AR-khoh

Translations: to rule, to begin, to lead, to govern, to be first, to be chief

Notes: This verb means to rule, to begin, or to lead. It can refer to exercising authority or being in a position of leadership. It can also mean to be the first in a series or to initiate an action. For example, it can be used to say 'he rules over the people' or 'he began to speak'.

Inflection: Present, Active, Indicative, First Person Singular

Synonyms: ἩΓΕΟΜΑΙ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΩ, ΚΡΑΤΕΩ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *h₂ergʰ- meaning 'to begin, to rule'. It is related to words signifying 'first' or 'chief'.

G4014

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: peh-ree-ES-teen

Translations: it is around, it remains, it is left over, it is possible, it is superior, it is available

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'περί' (peri, meaning 'around' or 'concerning') and the verb 'εἰμί' (eimi, meaning 'to be'). It means 'to be around', 'to remain', 'to be left over', or 'to be available'. In some contexts, it can also mean 'to be superior' or 'to be possible'. It describes something that exists in a surrounding context or continues to exist.

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Present Indicative, Active Voice

Synonyms: ΥΠΑΡΧΕΙ, ΜΕΝΕΙ, ΛΕΙΠΕΤΑΙ

G2933

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: KTEE-sis

Translations: possession, an acquisition, property, a possession

Notes: ΚΤΗΣΙΣ refers to the act of acquiring something or the thing that has been acquired, hence a possession or property. It is often used in contexts relating to wealth, land, or other valuable assets. For example, one might speak of the 'possession of land' or 'acquired property'.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΚΤΗΜΑ, ΠΕΡΙΟΥΣΙΑ, ΥΠΑΡΧΟΝΤΑ

Etymology: From the verb κτάομαι (ktaomai), meaning 'to acquire' or 'to get'. It refers to the result or act of acquiring something.

G4316

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: PROS-oh-dohn

Translations: of income, of revenue, of proceeds, of resources

Notes: This word refers to income, revenue, or proceeds, often in the context of financial resources or public funds. It can describe money or assets that come in, such as taxes, rents, or other forms of revenue. In the provided examples, it clearly refers to the financial resources of a king or a temple.

Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΕΙΣΟΔΟΣ, ΕΙΣΦΟΡΑ, ΦΟΡΟΣ

Etymology: The word πρόσοδος (prosodos) is a compound word formed from the preposition πρός (pros), meaning 'to' or 'towards', and the noun ὁδός (hodos), meaning 'way' or 'road'. Thus, it literally means 'a way to' or 'an approach', which evolved to mean 'income' or 'revenue' as something that comes in or approaches.

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: MEH-giss-ton

Translations: greatest, largest, most important, a greatest thing

Notes: This word is the superlative form of the adjective 'μέγας' (megas), meaning 'great' or 'large'. Therefore, 'μέγιστον' translates to 'greatest', 'largest', or 'most important'. It is used to describe something that surpasses all others in size, importance, or degree. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, indicating the highest degree of a quality.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΜΕΓΑΛΟΝ, ΥΠΕΡΜΕΓΕΘΕΣ

Etymology: The word 'μέγας' (megas), from which 'μέγιστον' is derived, comes from an ancient Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'great' or 'large'. It has cognates in many Indo-European languages.

Part of Speech: Definite Article, Pronoun, Interjection

Sounds like: OY

Translations: the, who, they, oh

Notes: ΟΙ is primarily the masculine plural nominative form of the definite article, meaning 'the'. It is used to specify a group of masculine nouns that are the subject of a sentence. It can also function as a demonstrative pronoun, meaning 'these' or 'they', referring to a group of people or things previously mentioned. Less commonly, it can be an interjection, similar to 'oh' or 'alas'.

Inflection: Masculine, Plural, Nominative

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, related to demonstrative pronouns and articles in other Indo-European languages.

G2036

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ay-PINE

Translations: to say, to speak, to tell

Notes: This word is an aorist infinitive verb meaning 'to say', 'to speak', or 'to tell'. It is used to express the action of speaking or communicating something, often in a general sense without specifying the subject or object of the action. It can be used in various constructions, such as after verbs of commanding or desiring, or to express purpose.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΛΕΓΕΙΝ, ΛΑΛΕΙΝ, ΦΑΝΑΙ

Etymology: ΕἸΠΕΙΝ is the aorist infinitive of the verb ΕἸΠΩ, which is a suppletive aorist form used with the present tense verbs ΛΕΓΩ and ΦΗΜΙ. Its origin traces back to Proto-Indo-European roots related to speaking or declaring.

G2902

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: kra-TOON-tes

Translations: holding, holding fast, seizing, grasping, ruling, governing, prevailing, overcoming, being in power, those holding, those holding fast, those seizing, those grasping, those ruling, those governing, those prevailing, those overcoming, those being in power

Notes: This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'krateō'. It describes someone who is actively holding, seizing, ruling, or prevailing. It can be used to describe people who are in a position of power or control, or who are actively maintaining a grip on something, whether literally or figuratively. It often implies strength, authority, or mastery.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΕΧΟΝΤΕΣ, ΚΥΡΙΕΥΟΝΤΕΣ, ΕΠΙΚΡΑΤΟΥΝΤΕΣ

Etymology: From κράτος (kratos), meaning 'strength, power, might'. The verb κρατέω means 'to be strong, to rule, to prevail'.

G3865

Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective

Sounds like: par-ay-meh-lay-MEH-non

Translations: neglected, disregarded, overlooked, a neglected thing, that which is neglected

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been neglected' or 'that which has been neglected'. It describes something that has been ignored, overlooked, or treated with carelessness. It can function adjectivally to modify a noun, or substantively as a noun itself, referring to the neglected thing.

Inflection: Perfect Passive Participle, Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΜΕΛΕΩ, ΚΑΤΑΦΡΟΝΕΩ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the preposition ΠΑΡΑ (PARA), meaning 'beside' or 'by', and the verb ΜΕΛΕΩ (MELEO), meaning 'to care for' or 'to be a care'. Thus, it literally means 'to care beside' or 'to care little for', leading to the sense of neglecting or disregarding.

G0318

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ah-nahg-KAY

Translations: necessity, compulsion, distress, trouble, need, a necessity

Notes: This word refers to a state of necessity, compulsion, or distress. It can describe an unavoidable obligation or a difficult situation that causes hardship. It is often used to denote a pressing need or an unavoidable circumstance.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΘΛΙΨΙΣ, ΣΤΕΝΟΧΩΡΙΑ

Etymology: From a compound of ἀνά (ana, 'up, again') and ἄγκη (ankē, 'a bend, a curve'), referring to a bending or constraint. It denotes that which compels or constrains.

G1397

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: doo-LI-ah

Translations: slavery, a slavery, bondage, a bondage, servitude, a servitude, service, a service

Notes: This word refers to the state of being a slave or servant, or the act of performing service or labor. It can describe literal slavery or a more general sense of servitude or devotion to a task or a master.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΟΥΛΟΣΥΝΗ, ΥΠΗΡΕΣΙΑ, ΛΑΤΡΕΙΑ

Etymology: From the Greek word δουλεύω (douleuo), meaning 'to be a slave' or 'to serve'. It describes the state or condition of a δούλος (doulos), a slave or servant.

G5550

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: KHRO-noo

Translations: (of) time, time

Notes: This word refers to time, a period, or a season. It is a masculine noun and is used to denote a duration or a specific point in time. In this genitive form, it often indicates possession or a relationship of origin, such as 'of time' or 'belonging to time'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine

Synonyms: ΚΑΙΡΟΣ, ΑΙΩΝ

Etymology: The word ΧΡΟΝΟΣ (chronos) is of uncertain origin, but it is an ancient Greek word that has been in use since Homeric times. It refers to sequential, measurable time.

G1357

Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)

Sounds like: dee-or-thoo-MEH-nos

Translations: correcting, setting right, restoring, reforming, amending, improving

Notes: This word describes the action of setting something straight, correcting an error, or improving a situation. It implies a process of rectification or restoration, often from a state of disarray or imperfection to one of order or correctness. It is used to describe someone who is in the process of making things right.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive Voice, Masculine, Singular, Nominative, Participle

Synonyms: ΕΠΑΝΟΡΘΟΩ, ΑΝΑΚΑΙΝΙΖΩ, ΑΠΟΚΑΘΙΣΤΗΜΙ

G0591

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-po-doo-NAI

Translations: to give back, to pay back, to render, to restore, to repay, to return

Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb ἀποδίδωμι (apodidōmi). It is a compound verb formed from the preposition ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'back', and the verb δίδωμι (didōmi), meaning 'to give'. Therefore, it literally means 'to give back' or 'to give away from oneself'. It is used to express the action of returning something, paying a debt, rendering what is due, or restoring something to its original state or owner. It can be used in contexts of financial transactions, fulfilling obligations, or divine retribution.

Inflection: Infinitive, Aorist, Active

Synonyms: ἈΠΟΔΙΔΟΝΑΙ, ἈΠΟΤΙΝΕΙΝ, ἈΠΟΚΑΘΙΣΤΑΝ

G0444

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: AN-throh-poss (for the full word)

Translations: man, a man, human, a human, person, a person, mankind, humanity

Notes: This word appears to be a truncated or abbreviated form of the Koine Greek word ἈΝΘΡΩΠΟΣ (anthrōpos), meaning 'man,' 'human,' or 'person.' It is not a complete word in itself and would typically be seen as a misspelling or an intentional abbreviation in certain contexts, such as ancient manuscripts where space was limited. It refers to a human being, male or female, and can also refer to humanity in general.

Inflection: Masculine, Singular or Plural (truncated form)

Synonyms: ΒΡΟΤΟΣ, ΑΝΗΡ

G3588, G1161

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adjective

Sounds like: TAYS-deh

Translations: but this, and this, this, this one, of this, of this one

Notes: This is a compound word formed from the genitive singular feminine definite article or demonstrative pronoun ΤΗΣ (tēs) and the postpositive conjunction ΔΕ (de). It is used to connect a clause or phrase to the preceding one, often introducing a contrast or a continuation, while also pointing to a specific feminine noun in the genitive case. It can be translated as 'but this' or 'and this', or simply 'this' or 'of this' depending on context, emphasizing the specific item or concept being referred to.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΑΥΤΗΣ, ΤΑΥΤΗΣ

Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective

Sounds like: TAWT

Translations: this, that, these, those

Notes: ΤΑΥΤ is an inflected form of the demonstrative pronoun/adjective 'οὗτος' (houtos), meaning 'this' or 'that'. It is used to point out something specific, either near in space or time, or recently mentioned. It can function as a pronoun, standing in for a noun, or as an adjective, modifying a noun. Its meaning can shift slightly depending on the gender, number, and case.

Inflection: Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Plural; or Feminine, Genitive, Singular

Synonyms: ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ

G1607

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eks-E-plex-eh

Translations: he astonished, he amazed, he struck with amazement, he astounded

Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb ἐκπλήσσω (ekplēssō). It means to strike out, expel, or more commonly, to strike with amazement, to astonish, or to astound. It describes an action where someone caused another person or group to be filled with great wonder or surprise, often to the point of being overwhelmed.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular

Synonyms: ΘΑΥΜΑΖΩ, ΕΚΘΑΜΒΕΩ

Part of Speech: Definite Article, Demonstrative Pronoun

Sounds like: TOOS

Translations: the, them, those

Notes: ΤΟΥΣ is the masculine plural accusative form of the definite article or demonstrative pronoun 'ὁ'. As an article, it functions like 'the' in English, specifying a noun that is already known or has been previously mentioned. As a pronoun, it means 'them' or 'those', referring to a group of masculine individuals or things in the accusative case, indicating they are the direct object of a verb or the object of a preposition.

Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *so- (demonstrative pronoun).

G3056

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: LOH-goss

Translations: word, a word, reason, a reason, account, an account, speech, a speech, message, a message, report, a report, thing, a thing, matter, a matter, saying, a saying, discourse, a discourse

Notes: The word 'logos' is a fundamental term in Koine Greek with a wide range of meanings. It can refer to a spoken or written word, a statement, a message, or a command. Beyond simple communication, it also encompasses concepts like reason, logic, an account, a narrative, or even a divine utterance or principle. Its specific meaning often depends on the context in which it is used.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΡΗΜΑ, ΕΠΟΣ

Etymology: From the verb λέγω (legō), meaning 'to say, speak'. It refers to something said or thought, and its meaning evolved to encompass both speech and the underlying reason or thought.

G3844

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: pah-RAH

Translations: from, by, with, beside, at, near, alongside, to

Notes: This word is a common preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning changes depending on the case of the noun it governs. With the genitive case, it typically means 'from' or 'from beside', indicating origin or agency. With the dative case, it means 'with', 'beside', or 'at', indicating proximity or presence. With the accusative case, it means 'alongside', 'to', or 'past', indicating motion towards or along something.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΠΙ, ΥΠΟ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'beside', 'alongside'. It is cognate with English 'for' and 'from'.

G1706

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: em-PEH-sohn

Translations: falling into, having fallen into, rushing upon, attacking, encountering, happening upon

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'ἐμπίπτω' (empiptō), meaning 'to fall into' or 'to fall upon'. It describes an action of entering into a state, place, or situation, often suddenly or forcefully. It can also imply encountering or attacking someone or something. For example, it might be used to describe someone falling into a pit, or a person rushing upon an enemy.

Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular

Synonyms: ΠΙΠΤΩ, ΕΙΣΠΙΠΤΩ, ΠΡΟΣΠΙΠΤΩ

G1680

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: el-PEE-dos

Translations: of hope, of a hope

Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the noun 'hope'. It refers to an expectation, a confident anticipation, or a trust in something. As a genitive case, it often indicates possession, origin, or the object of an action, hence 'of hope' or 'belonging to hope'. It is commonly used to express the concept of having or lacking hope.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΠΙΣΤΙΣ, ΠΕΠΟΙΘΗΣΙΣ

Etymology: The word 'Ἐλπίς' (elpis) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to hope, to expect'. It is related to the verb 'ἐλπίζω' (elpizō), meaning 'to hope' or 'to expect'.

G0001

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-PIS-ton

Translations: unbelieving, faithless, incredible, unbelievable, an unbelieving thing, an incredible thing

Notes: This word describes something or someone that is without faith or belief, or something that is unbelievable or incredible. It can refer to a person who lacks trust or conviction, or to a situation or claim that is difficult to believe. It is often used to describe those who do not believe in God or Christ, or things that are deemed impossible or beyond belief.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΠΕΙΘΗΣ, ΑΔΥΝΑΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the negative prefix 'α-' (a-, meaning 'not' or 'without') and 'πιστός' (pistos, meaning 'faithful' or 'believing').

G1849

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ep-AY-gei-ren

Translations: stirred up, aroused, raised up, incited

Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb ἐπεγείρω (epegeirō). It means to stir up, arouse, or incite someone or something. It is often used in the context of causing someone to act or rise up, or to awaken something. For example, it can describe God stirring up the spirit of a king, or a person inciting others to rebellion.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative

Synonyms: ΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΚΙΝΕΩ

G1227

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ay-day-MO-noo-n

Translations: they were in anguish, they were distressed, they were troubled

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to be in anguish' or 'to be greatly distressed'. It describes a state of intense mental or emotional suffering. It is typically used to convey a deep sense of trouble or anxiety experienced by a group of people.

Inflection: Imperfect, Indicative, Active, Third Person, Plural

Synonyms: ΑΓΩΝΙΑΩ, ΣΥΝΕΧΩ, ΘΛΙΒΩ

Etymology: The word δημονέω (dēmonéō) is derived from the Greek word δῆμος (dēmos), meaning 'people', and a root related to 'to be busy' or 'to be in a state of agitation'. It conveys the idea of being troubled or distressed among the people, or experiencing a public or shared anguish.

G3361

Part of Speech: Particle, Adverb

Sounds like: MAY

Translations: not, lest, no, do not

Notes: ΜΗ is a negative particle used in Koine Greek to express a subjective negation. It is typically used with non-indicative moods (like the subjunctive, imperative, infinitive, or participle) to express prohibition, a condition, or a denial of something that is wished for or imagined. For example, it is used in commands like 'do not do this' or in clauses expressing fear or purpose, such as 'lest something happen'. It contrasts with 'οὐ' (ou), which negates objective facts.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Etymology: The word ΜΗ comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is an ancient negative particle that has been present in various forms across Indo-European languages.

G5348

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: FTHA-sas

Translations: having come, having arrived, having reached, having attained, having anticipated, having preceded

Notes: ΦΘΑΣΑΣ is the masculine, singular, nominative aorist active participle of the verb ΦΘΑΝΩ (phthanō). It describes an action that has been completed before the main verb's action, often implying arrival, attainment, or anticipation. It can be translated as 'having come,' 'having arrived,' 'having reached,' or 'having anticipated,' depending on the context.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine, Aorist Active Participle

Synonyms: ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΦΙΚΝΕΟΜΑΙ, ΦΘΑΝΩ

G2647

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tah-LOO-sai

Translations: to destroy, to abolish, to overthrow, to pull down, to lodge, to unyoke, to dissolve, to put an end to

Notes: This word means to destroy, abolish, or overthrow something, often referring to institutions, laws, or structures. It can also mean to pull down a building or to dissolve a relationship. In a different context, it can mean to unyoke animals or to lodge for the night, implying a stopping or resting place. It is a compound word formed from 'κατά' (down, against) and 'λύω' (to loose, to release, to destroy).

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΑΦΑΝΙΖΩ, ΑΝΑΙΡΕΩ, ΚΑΘΑΙΡΕΩ

G3956

Part of Speech: Adjective, Pronoun

Sounds like: PAN

Translations: all, every, whole, everything, a whole

Notes: This word is the neuter nominative or accusative singular form of the adjective/pronoun ΠΑΣ (pas), meaning 'all' or 'every'. It is used to indicate totality or universality. For example, it can mean 'all things' or 'everything' when used substantively, or 'the whole' when modifying a singular noun. It can also be used to mean 'every' when referring to individual items within a group.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΟΛΟΣ, ΑΠΑΣ

Etymology: The word ΠΑΣ (pas) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *peh₂- meaning 'to protect, feed'. Its meaning evolved to 'all' or 'whole' in Greek.

G1884

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ex-AR-keh-see

Translations: it will be sufficient, it will suffice, it will be enough

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to be sufficient' or 'to suffice'. It is used to indicate that something is adequate or enough for a particular purpose or situation. For example, it might be used to say 'this amount will be enough' or 'it will be sufficient for your needs'.

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Future, Indicative, Active

Synonyms: ΑΡΚΕΣΕΙ, ΙΚΑΝΩΣΕΙ

Etymology: The word ἐξαρκέω (exarkeō) is a compound word formed from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb ἀρκέω (arkeō), meaning 'to be sufficient' or 'to ward off'. Thus, it literally means 'to be sufficient from' or 'to be fully sufficient'.

G5056

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: TEH-los

Translations: end, a goal, a purpose, an outcome, a completion, a tax, a custom, a duty

Notes: This word refers to an end, a goal, a purpose, or the completion of something. It can also refer to a tax or custom duty. It is often used to denote the conclusion of an event or process, or the ultimate aim or objective. In some contexts, it refers to the payment of tribute or taxes.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΠΕΡΑΣ, ΣΥΝΤΕΛΕΙΑ, ΤΕΛΕΥΤΗ

Etymology: The word ΤΕΛΟΣ comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to turn, to accomplish, to fulfill'. It is related to words signifying completion, fulfillment, and the end of a process.

G2793

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: kin-DY-nos

Translations: danger, a danger, peril, a peril, risk, a risk

Notes: This word refers to a state of exposure to harm or loss, or the possibility of suffering harm or loss. It is commonly used to describe situations involving risk or jeopardy. For example, one might speak of being in danger or facing a great peril.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΚΙΝΔΥΝΕΥΜΑ, ΚΙΝΔΥΝΕΥΣΙΣ

Etymology: The origin of the word is uncertain, but it is thought to be related to the verb κινδυνεύω (kindyneuō), meaning 'to be in danger' or 'to risk'.

Part of Speech: Pronoun

Sounds like: ow-TOYS

Translations: (to) them, (to) themselves, (to) it, (to) him, (to) her

Notes: This word is a dative plural form of the personal/demonstrative pronoun 'ΑΥ̓ΤΟΣ'. It typically means 'to/for them' or 'to/for themselves', depending on the context. It can refer to people or things. When used reflexively, it emphasizes the subject performing an action on or for themselves. It can also be used to refer to 'it', 'him', or 'her' in the dative case when the gender and number are clear from context, though 'them' is its primary plural translation.

Inflection: Dative, Plural, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: MEI-zohn

Translations: greater, larger, mightier, more important

Notes: This word is a comparative adjective, meaning 'greater' or 'larger'. It is used to indicate a higher degree of size, importance, or quantity when comparing two or more things. It can also imply superiority or preeminence.

Inflection: Comparative, Nominative or Accusative, Singular, Masculine or Feminine

Synonyms: ΠΛΕΙΩΝ, ΠΕΡΙΣΣΟΤΕΡΟΣ

Etymology: From the root of ΜΕΓΑΣ (megas), meaning 'great'. It is the irregular comparative form of this adjective.

G5316

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-PHAI-neh-toh

Translations: appeared, was appearing, seemed, was seeming

Notes: This word is the third person singular, imperfect tense, middle or passive voice, indicative mood of the verb 'φαίνω' (phainō). It describes an action that was ongoing or repeated in the past. It means 'it appeared' or 'it was appearing,' referring to something coming into view or becoming visible. It can also mean 'it seemed' or 'it was seeming,' indicating that something gave a particular impression or appearance.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Imperfect, Indicative, Middle or Passive

Synonyms: ΔΟΚΕΩ, ΟΡΑΩ

G1419

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: doos-eng-KHEI-ree-ton

Translations: difficult to handle, hard to manage, hard to undertake, difficult to accomplish, a difficult thing to handle

Notes: This word describes something that is difficult to manage, hard to undertake, or challenging to accomplish. It implies a task or situation that presents significant obstacles or requires great effort to deal with. It is a compound word formed from 'δυσ-' (dys-), meaning 'difficult' or 'bad', and 'ἐγχειρέω' (encheireō), meaning 'to put one's hand to' or 'to undertake'.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΔΥΣΚΟΛΟΣ, ΧΑΛΕΠΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΔΥΣΕΓΧΕΙΡΗΤΟΣ is a compound formed from the prefix δυσ- (dys-), meaning 'difficult' or 'bad', and the verb ἐγχειρέω (encheireō), meaning 'to put one's hand to' or 'to undertake'. The verb ἐγχειρέω itself comes from ἐν (en), meaning 'in', and χείρ (cheir), meaning 'hand'.

G1380

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-DOH-kay

Translations: it seemed, it appeared, it was thought, he seemed, she seemed, it was decided, it was pleasing

Notes: This word is the third person singular imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'δοκέω' (dokeō). It means 'to seem', 'to appear', or 'to be thought'. In the imperfect tense, it describes an action that was ongoing or repeated in the past, or a state that existed in the past. It can also convey the idea of something being decided or pleasing to someone.

Inflection: Imperfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular

Synonyms: ΦΑΙΝΩ, ΗΓΕΟΜΑΙ

Etymology: The word δοκέω (dokeō) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *dek- which means 'to take, accept, receive'. Over time, its meaning evolved to 'to seem, to appear' in Greek, implying an acceptance or perception of something as true or apparent.

G1916

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: eh-pee-bo-LEES

Translations: of a casting, of a laying on, of an attack, of a purpose, of a design, of an attempt, of a plan, of an intention

Notes: This word refers to the act of casting or throwing, or the act of laying something upon another. It can also denote an attack or assault. In a more abstract sense, it refers to a purpose, design, plan, or intention. It is used to describe an action or a mental resolve.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΒΟΥΛΗ, ΣΚΟΠΟΣ, ΠΡΟΘΕΣΙΣ

Etymology: The word ἘΠΙΒΟΛΗ (epibolē) comes from the verb ἐπιβάλλω (epiballō), meaning 'to cast upon' or 'to lay upon'. It is formed from the prefix ἐπί (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'on', and the verb βάλλω (ballō), meaning 'to throw' or 'to cast'.

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: dee-ah-kee-MEH-non

Translations: being disposed, being in a certain state, being situated, being affected, being ill, being sick, being in a bad way

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'diakeimai', meaning 'to be disposed' or 'to be in a certain state'. It describes a condition or state of being, often referring to one's physical or mental disposition. It can indicate being well, ill, or simply how one is situated or affected.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Participle, Genitive, Plural, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter

Synonyms: ΕΧΟΝΤΩΝ, ΟΝΤΩΝ, ΠΑΣΧΟΝΤΩΝ

G2292

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: par-eth-AR-roo-nen

Translations: he encouraged, he exhorted, he emboldened, he cheered up

Notes: This is a verb meaning 'he encouraged' or 'he exhorted'. It describes the action of giving courage, confidence, or support to someone, often in a difficult situation. It is a compound word formed from the prefix 'παρά' (para), meaning 'beside' or 'alongside', and the verb 'θαρρύνω' (tharrynō), meaning 'to encourage'.

Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΠΑΡΑΚΑΛΕΩ, ΠΑΡΑΜΥΘΕΟΜΑΙ, ΕΝΙΣΧΥΩ

G0935

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: bah-see-LEHFS

Translations: king, a king, ruler, sovereign

Notes: This word refers to a king or a ruler, someone who holds supreme authority over a territory or people. It is commonly used to denote a monarch or sovereign. In a sentence, it would function as a noun, often as the subject or object, indicating the person in power.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΗΓΕΜΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ

Etymology: From an uncertain root, possibly related to a word meaning 'base' or 'foundation', suggesting one who stands at the foundation of power or authority. It has been used since ancient Greek times to refer to a monarch.

G2507

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ka-thai-RE-sin

Translations: to pull down, to tear down, to cast down, to overthrow, to destroy, to depose, to remove, to take down

Notes: This word is a verb meaning to pull down, tear down, or cast down, often implying destruction or removal from a position of power. It can be used literally, such as tearing down a building, or figuratively, such as deposing a ruler or overthrowing an authority. In the provided examples, it refers to tearing down a temple or deposing someone.

Inflection: Future Active Infinitive

Synonyms: ΑΝΑΙΡΕΩ, ΚΑΤΑΛΥΩ, ΚΑΤΑΒΑΛΛΩ

G4280

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: pro-AY-pohn

Translations: having said before, having foretold, having announced beforehand, having spoken previously

Notes: This is a compound word formed from the preposition 'πρό' (before) and the verb 'εἶπον' (to say, to speak). It means to say something in advance, to foretell, or to announce beforehand. It is used to describe an action of speaking that occurred prior to another event or a main action in the sentence.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Singular, Masculine

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΦΗΤΕΥΩ, ΠΡΟΑΓΓΕΛΛΩ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the prefix πρό (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of', and the aorist stem of the verb λέγω (legō), meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'.

G2127

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: yoo-treh-PEE-sas

Translations: having prepared, having made ready, having arranged, having put in order

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'eutrepizo', meaning 'to prepare', 'to make ready', or 'to arrange'. As a participle, it describes an action that has been completed by the subject, functioning like an adjective or adverb. It signifies that something has been put into a state of readiness or proper order.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Nominative, Singular

Synonyms: ΕΤΟΙΜΑΣΑΣ, ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΑΣΑΣ

Etymology: The word 'eutrepizo' is a compound of 'eu' (meaning 'well' or 'good') and 'trepo' (meaning 'to turn' or 'to direct'). Thus, it literally means 'to turn well' or 'to direct well', leading to the sense of preparing or making something ready in a good or proper way.

Part of Speech: Definite Article, Relative Pronoun, Interjection, Prefix, Numeral

Sounds like: AI

Translations: the, who, which, alas, oh, 11

Notes: The word 'ΑΙ' can function in several ways in Koine Greek. Most commonly, it is the feminine nominative plural form of the definite article, meaning 'the' (referring to multiple feminine nouns). It can also be the feminine nominative plural form of the relative pronoun, meaning 'who' or 'which'. Less frequently, it can be an interjection expressing sorrow or pain, similar to 'alas' or 'oh'. It can also appear as a prefix in compound words. Additionally, 'ΑΙ' can represent the number 11 when used as a numerical symbol (alpha-iota). It is also possible for 'ΑΙ' to be an elision or contraction of other words, such as 'ἀεί' (always) or 'ἄγε' (come on!), though this is less common in the New Testament.

Inflection: Feminine, Nominative, Plural (for article and pronoun); Does not inflect (for interjection, prefix, and numeral)

Etymology: The origin of 'ΑΙ' as a definite article and relative pronoun is from Proto-Indo-European. Its use as an interjection is onomatopoeic.

G1748

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: em-pee-ROH-tah-toos

Translations: most experienced, most skilled, most expert

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'most experienced' or 'most skilled'. It is used to describe someone who has a great deal of practical knowledge or proficiency in a particular field. It is the superlative form of the adjective 'ἔμπειρος' (empeiros), indicating the highest degree of experience or skill.

Inflection: Plural, Accusative, Masculine, Superlative

Synonyms: ΔΕΙΝΟΤΑΤΟΥΣ, ΣΟΦΩΤΑΤΟΥΣ, ΤΕΧΝΙΚΩΤΑΤΟΥΣ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek ἔμπειρος (empeiros, “experienced”), from ἐν (en, “in”) + πεῖρα (peira, “trial, experience”).

G1951

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-pee-LEK-sah-meh-nos

Translations: having chosen, having selected, having picked out, having elected

Notes: This word is a compound verb, formed from the preposition ἐπί (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'in addition to', and the verb λέγομαι (legomai), meaning 'to choose' or 'to pick'. It describes the action of someone having chosen or selected something or someone for themselves. It implies a deliberate and personal choice.

Inflection: Aorist Middle Participle, Nominative, Singular, Masculine

Synonyms: ΑΙΡΕΩ, ΕΚΛΕΓΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΟΑΙΡΕΩ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek ἐπί (epi, 'upon, over') and λέγομαι (legomai, 'to choose, pick'). The verb λέγω (legō) originally meant 'to gather, collect', which evolved into 'to pick out, choose', and also 'to speak, say'.

G5608

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: oh-NEH-sah-meh-nos

Translations: having bought, having purchased, having acquired, having ransomed

Notes: This word is an aorist middle participle, meaning 'having bought' or 'having purchased'. It describes an action completed in the past, with the subject performing the action for themselves or for their own benefit. It can function adjectivally, modifying a noun, or adverbially, describing the circumstances of another verb.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative, Participle

Synonyms: ἈΓΟΡΑΖΩ, ΚΤΑΟΜΑΙ, ΠΕΡΙΠΟΙΕΟΜΑΙ

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: oy-ko-do-MOOS

Translations: they are building, they build, they are edifying, they edify

Notes: This word means 'to build a house,' 'to build,' or 'to edify.' It is a compound word formed from 'οἶκος' (house) and 'δέμω' (to build). In the provided context, it refers to the act of constructing a building, specifically a house or temple. It can also be used metaphorically to mean 'to build up' or 'to edify' someone spiritually or morally.

Inflection: Present, Active, Indicative, Third Person Plural

Synonyms: ΚΤΙΖΩ, ΑΝΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ

Etymology: The word ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ is a compound of two Greek words: οἶκος (oikos), meaning 'house,' and δέμω (demō), meaning 'to build.' It literally means 'to build a house.'

G2087

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: EH-teh-ROOS

Translations: others, other ones

Notes: This word means 'other' or 'another' of a different kind, implying a distinction or difference from something previously mentioned or understood. It is used to refer to individuals or things that are distinct from a primary group or item. For example, 'he spoke to others' would imply he spoke to people who were different from a specific group.

Inflection: Accusative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΑΛΛΟΣ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to the English word 'other'.

G0680

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: HEEP-teh-toh

Translations: was touching, used to touch, was taking hold of, was clinging to

Notes: This word is the imperfect indicative middle/passive third person singular form of the verb ἅπτομαι (haptomai). It describes an action of touching, taking hold of, or clinging to something that was ongoing or repeated in the past. It often takes a genitive object, meaning 'to touch something' or 'to take hold of something'.

Inflection: Imperfect, Indicative, Middle/Passive, 3rd Person Singular

Synonyms: ΕΦΑΠΤΟΜΑΙ, ΨΗΛΑΦΑΩ

Etymology: The verb ἅπτομαι (haptomai) is derived from the root ἅπτω (hapto), meaning 'to fasten, to light, to kindle'. In the middle voice, it takes on the meaning of 'to attach oneself to, to touch'.

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: kah-tah-skay-OOHS

Translations: of preparation, of construction, of equipment, of arrangement, of a preparation, of a construction, of an equipment, of an arrangement

Notes: This word refers to the act or process of preparing, constructing, or equipping something. It can also denote the resulting structure, equipment, or arrangement itself. It is a compound word formed from the preposition κατά (kata), meaning 'down' or 'against', and σκευή (skeuē), meaning 'equipment' or 'preparation'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΕΤΟΙΜΑΣΙΑ, ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΗ, ΣΚΕΥΗ

Etymology: The word ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΗ is derived from the verb κατασκευάζω (kataskeuazō), meaning 'to prepare, construct, or equip'. This verb is a compound of the preposition κατά (kata), meaning 'down' or 'against', and the noun σκευή (skeuē), meaning 'equipment' or 'preparation'.

G4293

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: proh-yoo-treh-pees-MEH-non

Translations: of having been prepared beforehand, of having been made ready beforehand, of having been made fully ready beforehand

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, genitive plural, derived from the verb 'προευτρεπίζω'. It describes something that has been prepared or made ready in advance, emphasizing a completed state of readiness. It is a compound word formed from 'προ' (before) and 'εὐτρεπίζω' (to prepare, make ready).

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Genitive, Plural, All genders

Synonyms: ΕΥΤΡΕΠΙΣΜΕΝΩΝ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΣΜΕΝΩΝ

G0337

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: ah-neh-LON

Translations: taking up, taking away, destroying, killing, putting to death, removing, abolishing

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb ἀναιρέω (anaireō), which is a compound word formed from ἀνά (ana, meaning 'up' or 'again') and αἱρέω (haireō, meaning 'to take' or 'to choose'). Depending on the context, it can mean to take up, to take away, to destroy, or to kill. It describes an action that has been completed in the past (aorist tense) and is actively performed by the subject.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine or Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Singular

Synonyms: ἈΠΟΛΛΥΜΙ, ΚΤΕΙΝΩ, ἈΝΕΛΩ

G2598

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: kah-tah-bah-LOH-meh-noss

Translations: having cast down, having thrown down, having laid down, having overthrown, having founded, having established

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'καταβάλλω' (kataballō), meaning 'to cast down' or 'to throw down'. It is a compound word formed from 'κατά' (kata), meaning 'down', and 'βάλλω' (ballō), meaning 'to throw'. In its perfect middle/passive form, it describes an action that has been completed, with the subject either performing the action on themselves (middle voice) or having the action done to them (passive voice), or simply indicating a state resulting from the action. It can be used to describe the act of overthrowing something, laying a foundation, or even establishing something firmly.

Inflection: Perfect, Middle/Passive, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ΑΝΑΣΤΡΕΦΩ, ΚΑΘΑΙΡΕΩ, ΘΕΜΕΛΙΟΩ

G1909

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: ep

Translations: on, upon, over, to, against, at, in, for, by, before, among, concerning, with

Notes: This word is a preposition, often used as a prefix in compound words. It is a shortened form of the preposition ἘΠΙ (epi), which loses its final vowel when the next word begins with a vowel and a rough breathing mark. Its precise meaning varies significantly depending on the case of the noun it governs: with the genitive, it often means 'on, upon, over' (of place) or 'at, during' (of time); with the dative, it can mean 'on, at, by' (of place), 'in addition to', or 'for, because of'; and with the accusative, it typically means 'to, toward, against' (of motion) or 'over, upon' (of extent).

Inflection: Does not inflect (preposition)

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ὙΠΕΡ, ΠΑΡΑ

Etymology: The word ἘΠΙ (epi) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'on, at, near'.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ee-GAY-ren

Translations: he raised, she raised, it raised, he lifted, she lifted, it lifted, he woke, she woke, it woke, he stirred up, she stirred up, it stirred up

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to raise,' 'to lift up,' 'to awaken,' or 'to stir up.' It is used to describe an action performed by a single subject in the past, such as raising a person from sleep or death, lifting an object, or causing something to begin or intensify.

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Aorist Indicative Active

Synonyms: ΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΕΞΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΥΨΟΩ

Etymology: The word ΕΓΕΙΡΩ comes from an ancient root meaning 'to rouse' or 'to awaken.' It is related to the idea of causing something to rise or stand up.

G5607

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ON-tah

Translations: being, existing, things that are, beings, real things

Notes: This word is the present active participle of the verb 'to be' (εἰμί). It describes something that is or exists. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or a noun, indicating a state of being or existence. It can refer to 'those who are' or 'things that are', depending on the context and gender.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter Plural; or Accusative, Masculine or Feminine, Plural

Synonyms: ὙΠΑΡΧΟΝΤΑ, ΓΙΝΟΜΕΝΑ

Etymology: The word εἰμί (eimi) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *h₁es- meaning 'to be'. It is a fundamental verb in many Indo-European languages.

G4057

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: peh-REET-toys

Translations: (to) superfluous, (to) excessive, (to) abundant, (to) more, (to) extraordinary, (to) odd

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning superfluous, excessive, abundant, or extraordinary. It can also refer to an odd number. It describes something that is beyond what is necessary or expected, often implying an abundance or an unusual quality. As an adjective, it modifies nouns, agreeing with them in gender, number, and case.

Inflection: Dative, Plural, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΠΛΕΙΩΝ, ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΥΠΕΡΒΑΛΛΩΝ

G5550

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: KHRO-noh

Translations: (to) time, (in) time, a time, season, period

Notes: This word refers to a period of time, a season, or a specific moment. It is often used to indicate when something occurs, frequently appearing with prepositions like 'ἐν' (in) to denote 'in time' or 'at a certain time'. It can also refer to a duration or an appointed time.

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΚΑΙΡΟΣ, ΑΙΩΝ

Etymology: The word ΧΡΟΝΟΣ (chronos) comes from Proto-Indo-European. It refers to a duration of time, as opposed to καιρός (kairos), which refers to a specific, opportune time.

G4936

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: soon-ee-ZAY-san-TON

Translations: having sat down together, of having sat down together, of having settled together, of having subsided together

Notes: This is a compound word formed from the preposition σύν (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together,' and the verb ἵζω (hizō), meaning 'to sit' or 'to cause to sit.' The word therefore means 'to sit down together' or 'to settle together.' It can refer to people sitting down in a group, or to things settling or subsiding, like water levels or emotions. As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter, Plural

Synonyms: ΚΑΘΙΖΩ, ΣΥΓΚΑΘΙΖΩ

Etymology: The word ΣΥΝΙΖΩ is derived from the prefix ΣΥΝ- (syn-), meaning 'with' or 'together,' and the verb ἵζω (hizō), meaning 'to sit' or 'to cause to sit.'

G2310

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: theh-meh-LEE-ohn

Translations: of a foundation, of foundations, a foundation, foundations

Notes: This word refers to a foundation, the base or groundwork upon which something is built. It can be used literally for the base of a building or figuratively for the fundamental principles or basis of an idea or system. In the provided examples, it is used in the context of laying the foundation of the earth or mountains.

Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter

Synonyms: ΒΑΣΙΣ, ΥΠΟΒΑΘΡΟΝ

Etymology: From the Greek verb τίθημι (tithēmi), meaning 'to place' or 'to set', indicating something that is laid down as a base.

G5260

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: hoo-peh-BEH

Translations: went under, went down, withdrew, retired, submitted

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition ὑπό (hypo, meaning 'under' or 'below') and the verb βαίνω (bainō, meaning 'to go' or 'to step'). Therefore, it literally means 'to go under' or 'to step down'. Depending on the context, it can signify withdrawing, retiring, or submitting to something. It describes an action of moving downwards or away from a position.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΑΝΕΧΩΡΗΣΕΝ, ΑΠΕΣΥΡΘΗ, ΥΠΕΧΩΡΗΣΕΝ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the preposition ὑπό (hypo), meaning 'under' or 'below', and the verb βαίνω (bainō), meaning 'to go' or 'to step'. The root βαίνω comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to go' or 'to step'.

G1892

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-peh-GEY-rin

Translations: to stir up, to rouse, to incite, to awaken, to raise up

Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from the prefix 'ἐπί' (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'in addition to', and the verb 'ἐγείρω' (egeirō), meaning 'to raise' or 'to awaken'. It means to stir someone or something up, to rouse them to action, or to incite them. It can be used to describe awakening someone from sleep or, more commonly, to provoke or instigate a person or group.

Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΑΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΔΙΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΠΑΡΟΞΥΝΩ

G1097

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eg-NOH-kay-men

Translations: we had known, we had perceived, we had understood, we had come to know

Notes: This is a verb indicating a past action that has completed and whose results continue into the past. It means 'we had known' or 'we had come to know' something, implying a state of knowledge or understanding that was established prior to another past event. It describes a completed past action with ongoing relevance in the past.

Inflection: First Person Plural, Pluperfect, Indicative, Active

Synonyms: ΟΙΔΑ, ΕΠΙΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, related to the English word 'know'. It means 'to come to know, to perceive, to understand'.

G2901

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: kra-TAI-ohn

Translations: mighty, strong, powerful, a mighty one, a strong one

Notes: This word describes something or someone as mighty, strong, or powerful. It is used to emphasize great strength or authority. It can refer to a person who is mighty, or to a concept that is strong or prevailing.

Inflection: Masculine or Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Singular; or Genitive, Plural (all genders)

Synonyms: ΙΣΧΥΡΟΣ, ΔΥΝΑΤΟΣ, ΕΝΔΥΝΑΜΟΣ

Etymology: The word κραταιός (krataios) comes from κράτος (kratos), meaning 'strength, power, dominion'. It describes something possessing or characterized by such power.

G1538

Part of Speech: Adjective, Pronoun

Sounds like: eh-KAS-tohn

Translations: of each, of every one, of their own, of everyone's, of each one's

Notes: This word is the genitive plural form of the adjective/pronoun 'each' or 'every'. It is used to indicate possession or relationship for multiple individual items or persons, meaning 'of each one' or 'of every one'. It can also be translated as 'of their own' when referring to the possessions or characteristics of individuals within a group.

Inflection: Genitive, Plural, All Genders

Etymology: From a compound of Greek 'ek' (out of) and 'hekastos' (each). It refers to the distribution of something to individuals.

G1909

Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb

Sounds like: eh-PEE

Translations: on, upon, over, to, against, at, in, for, concerning, during, by, beside, near, among, with respect to

Notes: This is a very common and versatile preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning changes significantly depending on the case of the noun it governs. With the genitive case, it often means 'upon, over, on, at, in the time of, during, concerning, in the presence of'. With the dative case, it can mean 'upon, on, at, by, near, beside, in, for, in addition to, on the basis of, because of, in the time of, during, in the presence of, against'. With the accusative case, it typically means 'upon, on, to, against, over, for, with a view to, at, by, during, in the time of'. It can also function as an adverb meaning 'upon, besides, in addition'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Etymology: The word ἘΠΙ comes from Proto-Indo-European. It is related to similar prepositions in other Indo-European languages, conveying ideas of 'on, upon, over'.

G2526

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb

Sounds like: kah-THO-tee

Translations: inasmuch as, according as, because, since, as, just as

Notes: This word is a compound conjunction or adverb meaning 'inasmuch as' or 'because'. It is used to introduce a clause that explains the reason or manner of something, similar to 'since' or 'as'. It can also mean 'according as' or 'just as', indicating conformity or correspondence.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΠΕΙ, ΔΙΟΤΙ, ΩΣΠΕΡ

Etymology: ΚΑΘΟΤΙ is a compound word formed from the preposition ΚΑΤΑ (kata), meaning 'down, according to', and the conjunction ΟΤΙ (hoti), meaning 'that, because'.

G0937

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: bah-see-LAY-oo

Translations: of a king, royal, kingly, of the kingdom, of the palace, of the royal treasury

Notes: This word can function as an adjective meaning 'royal' or 'kingly', describing something belonging to or characteristic of a king. It can also function as a noun, typically in the neuter singular, referring to a 'royal palace', 'royal treasury', or 'kingdom'. Its meaning depends on the context in which it is used.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΒΑΣΙΛΙΚΟΣ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΑ

Etymology: The word derives from the Greek word 'βασιλεύς' (basileus), meaning 'king'. The suffix '-ειος' is used to form adjectives indicating belonging or relation to the root noun.

G4744

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: sto-AS

Translations: of a portico, of a colonnade, of a porch, of a stoa

Notes: This word refers to a portico, a colonnade, or a covered walkway, often with columns, typically found in ancient Greek and Roman architecture. It was a common public space used for walking, meeting, and philosophical discussions. The term 'Stoic' philosophy derives its name from the Stoa Poikile (Painted Porch) in Athens, where its founders taught. This form of the word indicates possession or origin, often translated with 'of'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Etymology: From an unknown root, possibly related to the verb ἵστημι (histēmi), meaning 'to stand', suggesting a place where one stands or is supported.

G1782

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: EN-then

Translations: from here, thence, on this side, on that side, on one side, on the other side

Notes: This word is an adverb indicating origin or direction from a specific place. It can mean 'from here' or 'thence'. It is often used in pairs, such as 'from here and from there' or 'on this side and on that side', to describe something being surrounded or existing on both sides.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ἘΝΤΕΥΘΕΝ, ἘΚΕΙΘΕΝ

Etymology: This word comes from the Greek preposition 'ἐν' (en), meaning 'in' or 'on', combined with a suffix indicating origin or direction.

G5011

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: tah-peh-NOH-tah-ton

Translations: lowest, humblest, most humble, most lowly, most abased, a lowest, a humblest

Notes: This word is the superlative form of the adjective 'humble' or 'lowly'. It describes something or someone as being the absolute lowest, most humble, or most abased in rank, position, or status. It can refer to physical lowness or a state of humility and lowliness. For example, it might describe the lowest part of a structure or the most humble person in a group.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Superlative

Synonyms: ΕΛΑΧΙΣΤΟΣ, ΕΣΧΑΤΟΣ

G5308

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: hyp-see-LOH-tah-ton

Translations: highest, a highest, most high, a most high, loftiest, a loftiest, most exalted, a most exalted

Notes: This word is the superlative form of the adjective 'ὑψηλός' (hypsēlos), meaning 'high' or 'lofty'. As a superlative, it means 'highest', 'most high', 'loftiest', or 'most exalted'. It is used to describe something that is at the greatest height or of the greatest eminence or importance. In the provided examples, it describes the 'highest' elephant or the 'highest' tower of a fortress.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Superlative

Synonyms: ΑΝΩΤΑΤΟΣ, ΑΚΡΟΤΑΤΟΣ

G4021

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: peh-ree-OP-ton

Translations: conspicuous, a conspicuous, visible, easily seen, prominent, a prominent

Notes: This word describes something that is easily seen or stands out, often due to its elevated position or prominence. It implies visibility and a commanding view. It can be used to describe a place, an object, or even a person who is highly visible or notable.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΕΠΙΦΑΝΗΣ, ΕΚΦΑΝΗΣ, ΕΜΦΑΝΗΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of περί (peri), meaning "around" or "about," and ὀπτός (optos), meaning "visible" or "seen." It literally means "visible all around" or "seen from all sides."

G3551

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: neh-MOH-meh-noys

Translations: distributing, apportioning, pasturing, inhabiting, dwelling, possessing, using, a distributor, an inhabitant, a user

Notes: This word is a present middle/passive participle derived from the verb ΝΕΜΩ. It describes an action that is ongoing or habitual. In the middle voice, it can mean 'to distribute for oneself,' 'to take possession of,' 'to inhabit,' or 'to use.' In the passive voice, it means 'to be distributed' or 'to be pastured.' When used substantively (as a noun), it refers to those who are distributing, inhabiting, or using something.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Participle, Dative, Masculine or Neuter, Plural

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΥΣΙΝ, ΚΑΤΟΙΚΟΥΣΙΝ, ΧΡΩΜΕΝΟΙΣ

G1519, G1487, G1488

Part of Speech: Preposition, Conjunction, Verb

Sounds like: E

Translations: into, to, for, unto, in, if, you are

Notes: This word is an elided form, indicated by the coronis (the apostrophe-like mark) at the end. It most commonly represents the preposition 'εἰς' (eis), meaning 'into, to, for', especially when followed by a vowel. It can also represent the conjunction 'εἰ' (ei), meaning 'if', or the verb 'εἶ' (ei), meaning 'you are'. In the provided examples, it functions as the preposition 'into' or 'to', indicating motion towards a place or object. It is used with the accusative case.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as an elided form); the original words it represents have their own inflections (e.g., 'εἰς' is a preposition and does not inflect; 'εἰ' is a conjunction and does not inflect; 'εἶ' is a verb, 2nd Person Singular, Present, Indicative, Active).

G2596

Part of Speech: Prefix, Preposition

Sounds like: KAT

Translations: down, against, according to, throughout, during

Notes: This is an elided form of the Greek preposition 'κατά' (kata), which means 'down', 'against', 'according to', 'throughout', or 'during'. It is frequently used as a prefix in compound verbs and nouns, indicating a downward motion, completion, intensity, or opposition. For example, in 'κατέβη' (katebē), it means 'went down', and in 'καταπιεῖν' (katapiein), it means 'to swallow down'. The final alpha (α) is often dropped when the next word or part of the compound begins with a vowel, or when it's followed by certain consonants.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as a prefix); functions as a preposition that takes the genitive or accusative case.

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣ, ΕΙΣ, ΕΠΙ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *kmt- 'down, with, against'. It is a common Greek preposition that has been used since ancient times.

G1727

Part of Speech: Adjective, Adverb, Preposition

Sounds like: eh-NAN-tee-on

Translations: opposite, contrary, hostile, in the presence of, before, against, an opposite thing

Notes: This word can function as an adjective, an adverb, or a preposition. As an adjective, it describes something as being opposite or contrary. As an adverb, it means 'opposite' or 'over against'. When used as a preposition, it typically takes the genitive case and means 'in the presence of', 'before', or 'against'. It denotes a position or action in opposition to or in front of something or someone.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ἈΝΤΙ, ΚΑΤΑ

Etymology: The word ἘΝΑΝΤΙΟΣ is a compound word formed from the preposition ἘΝ (in) and ἈΝΤΙΟΣ (opposite, facing).

G3611

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: oy-KOON-tes

Translations: dwelling, inhabiting, living, residing, those who dwell, the inhabitants

Notes: This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'oikeō', meaning 'to dwell' or 'to inhabit'. It describes an ongoing action of dwelling or living in a place. It can be used adjectivally to describe something that is dwelling, or substantively to refer to 'those who dwell' or 'the inhabitants' of a particular location.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Masculine, Nominative, Plural

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΟΙΚΟΥΝΤΕΣ, ΕΝΟΙΚΟΥΝΤΕΣ

Etymology: The word 'oikeō' comes from 'oikos', meaning 'house' or 'dwelling'. It refers to the act of inhabiting a house or dwelling.

G4334

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: pros-ee-ON-tes

Translations: approaching, coming to, going to, drawing near

Notes: This word is a present active participle, meaning 'approaching' or 'coming to'. It is a compound word formed from the preposition πρός (pros), meaning 'to' or 'towards', and the verb ἔρχομαι (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'. It describes someone or something in the act of moving towards a person, place, or situation. It can be used to describe people coming to someone for help, advice, or confrontation, or simply moving towards a location.

Inflection: Plural, Nominative, Masculine, Present, Active, Participle

Synonyms: ΕΡΧΟΜΕΝΟΙ, ΠΑΡΑΓΙΝΟΜΕΝΟΙ

G2374

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: thoo-RAS

Translations: of a door, of a gate, doors, gates

Notes: This word refers to a door, gate, or entrance, which is an opening in a wall or fence that allows passage. It can also refer to the opportunity or access provided by such an opening. In a sentence, it would typically be used to indicate the place of entry or exit.

Inflection: Feminine, Genitive Singular or Accusative Plural

Synonyms: ΠΥΛΗ, ΕΙΣΟΔΟΣ

Etymology: The word "ΘΥΡΑ" comes from Proto-Indo-European, referring to a door or gate. It is related to words for door in other Indo-European languages.

G1529

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: EYE-so-DOO

Translations: (of) entrance, (of) an entrance, (of) coming in, (of) a coming in, (of) way in, (of) a way in, (of) access, (of) an access

Notes: This word refers to the act of entering or coming in, or the place or means by which one enters, such as an entrance or a way in. It can also refer to the right or opportunity to enter, or access. It is a compound word formed from 'εἰς' (eis), meaning 'into' or 'to', and 'ὁδός' (hodos), meaning 'way' or 'road'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΕἸΣΕΛΕΥΣΙΣ, ΠΡΟΣΑΓΩΓΗ

Etymology: The word ΕἸΣΟΔΟΣ is a compound of the preposition ΕἸΣ (eis), meaning 'into' or 'to', and the noun ὉΔΌΣ (hodos), meaning 'way' or 'road'. It literally means 'a way into'.

G5247

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: hoo-per-THOO-ree-oys

Translations: to lintels, for lintels, to doorposts, for doorposts, to those above the door, for those above the door

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'above the door' or 'over the threshold', often referring to the lintel or doorpost. In this inflected form, it is in the dative plural, indicating 'to' or 'for' lintels or doorposts, or more generally, 'to' or 'for' things that are above the door.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter

Etymology: The word is a compound of ΥΠΕΡ (hyper), meaning 'over' or 'above', and ΘΥΡΑ (thyra), meaning 'door' or 'gate'.

G4164

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: poy-KEE-loys

Translations: (to) various, (to) manifold, (to) diverse, (to) many-colored, (to) variegated

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'various,' 'manifold,' 'diverse,' or 'many-colored.' It describes something that has many different kinds, forms, or qualities. It is used to qualify nouns, indicating a multiplicity or variety of the noun it modifies.

Inflection: Dative, Plural, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΔΙΑΦΟΡΟΣ, ΠΑΝΤΟΙΟΣ

Etymology: The word 'ποικίλος' is of uncertain origin, possibly related to the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to paint' or 'to decorate'.

G1724

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: em-pe-TAS-ma-sin

Translations: (to) curtains, (to) veils, (to) coverings

Notes: This word refers to something spread out, such as a curtain, veil, or covering. It is used to describe hangings or screens, often decorative, that might separate spaces or provide concealment. The word is a compound of 'ἐν' (in/on) and 'πετάννυμι' (to spread out).

Inflection: Dative, Plural, Neuter

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΠΕΤΑΣΜΑ, ΠΑΡΑΠΕΤΑΣΜΑ

Etymology: The word ἘΜΠΕΤΑΣΜΑ (empétasma) is derived from the verb πετάννυμι (petánnymi), meaning 'to spread out' or 'to unfold', combined with the prefix ἐν (en), meaning 'in' or 'on'. It refers to something that is spread out or extended.

G2885

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: keh-KOS-may-toh

Translations: had been adorned, had been decorated, had been put in order, had been arranged

Notes: This word is the third person singular perfect passive indicative form of the verb 'κοσμέω' (kosmeō). It describes something that had been adorned, decorated, or put in order in the past, with the result of that action continuing into the present or being relevant to a past situation. It implies a state of being well-ordered or beautifully arranged.

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΑΖΩ, ΕΥΘΕΤΕΩ, ΚΑΛΛΥΝΩ

Etymology: From 'κόσμος' (kosmos), meaning 'order, good order, ornament, world'. The verb 'κοσμέω' means to put in order or to adorn.

G0001

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-loor-GHEH-sin

Translations: (to) purple, (to) crimson, (to) scarlet

Notes: This word describes something that is purple, crimson, or scarlet in color. It is an adjective used to modify nouns, indicating their color. The form 'ΑΛΟΥΡΓΕΣΙΝ' is a dative plural, meaning it would be used to indicate 'to/for purple things' or 'with purple things'. It is a compound word derived from 'ἅλς' (salt, sea) and 'ἔργον' (work), referring to the purple dye obtained from certain marine mollusks.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, All genders

Synonyms: ΠΟΡΦΥΡΟΥΣ, ΦΟΙΝΙΚΟΥΣ

Etymology: The root word ΑΛΟΥΡΓΗΣ (halourgēs) is a compound of ἅλς (hals), meaning 'sea' or 'salt', and ἔργον (ergon), meaning 'work'. This refers to the purple dye that was produced from marine mollusks, particularly murex snails, found in the sea.

G1792

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: en-yoo-FAS-me-noos

Translations: woven in, interwoven, embroidered

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been woven in' or 'interwoven'. It describes something that has been incorporated into a fabric or material through weaving. It is used to describe things that are intricately connected or integrated.

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Masculine, Plural, Accusative

Synonyms: ΥΦΑΝΤΟΣ, ΠΕΠΟΙΚΙΛΜΕΝΟΣ

Etymology: The word ἐνυφαίνω (enyphainō) is a compound word formed from the preposition ἐν (en), meaning 'in' or 'into', and the verb ὑφαίνω (hyphainō), meaning 'to weave'. Thus, it literally means 'to weave in'.

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: kath-yoo-PER-theh

Translations: from above, above, overhead

Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'from above' or 'overhead'. It describes the position or direction of something as being in a higher place. It is a compound word formed from the prepositions κατά (down, against) and ὑπέρ (over, above), combined with the suffix -θε, which indicates location or direction from a place.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΑΝΩΘΕΝ, ΕΠΑΝΩ

Etymology: The word is a compound formed from the prepositions κατά (down, against) and ὑπέρ (over, above), combined with the suffix -θε, which indicates location or direction from a place. It literally means 'from down over'.

G5259

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: hoo-POH

Translations: under, by, from, with, subject to, at the hand of

Notes: This word is a common preposition in Koine Greek. Its meaning varies depending on the grammatical case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it typically indicates the agent or cause ('by', 'from'). With the dative case, it denotes a static position 'under' something. When used with the accusative case, it signifies motion 'under' or 'into subjection to'.

Inflection: Does not inflect, but governs the Genitive, Dative, and Accusative cases.

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'under'. It is cognate with English 'up' and 'over', showing a shared root related to position.

G0288

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: AM-peh-los

Translations: vine, a vine, vineyard

Notes: This word refers to a vine, specifically a grape vine, or by extension, a vineyard. It is commonly used in agricultural contexts and can also be used metaphorically, such as in the New Testament where Jesus refers to himself as 'the true vine'. It is a feminine noun.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΚΛΗΜΑ, ΟΙΝΟΣ

Etymology: The word "ἈΜΠΕΛΟΣ" is of uncertain origin, possibly pre-Greek. It has been used since ancient times to refer to the grape vine.

G0000

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: ah-pah-ee-oh-roo-MEH-noos

Translations: hanging, suspended, being suspended

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'ἀπαιωρέω', meaning 'to hang' or 'to suspend'. It describes something that is in the process of being hung or suspended. It is often used to describe objects that are hanging down from something else.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive Voice, Masculine, Accusative, Plural

Etymology: The word ἀπαιωρέω is a compound word formed from the prefix ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and the verb αἰωρέω (aiōreō), meaning 'to lift up', 'to suspend', or 'to hang'.

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: EKH-oo-sah

Translations: having, holding, possessing, a having one, a possessing one

Notes: This word is a present active participle, meaning 'having' or 'holding'. It describes an ongoing action of possession or holding. As a participle, it functions like an adjective, modifying a noun or pronoun, and can also act as a verb within a clause. In this form, it is feminine, singular, and in the nominative case, indicating the subject of a sentence or a predicate nominative.

Inflection: Feminine, Singular, Nominative, Present Active Participle

Synonyms: ΚΕΚΤΗΜΕΝΗ, ΚΡΑΤΟΥΣΑ

Etymology: The word ἔχω (echō) comes from Proto-Indo-European *seǵʰ- 'to hold, to have'. It is a fundamental verb in Greek, indicating possession or state.

G2295

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: THAV-mah

Translations: wonder, a wonder, marvel, a marvel, astonishment, a cause of wonder

Notes: This word refers to something that causes wonder or astonishment, a marvel or a miracle. It is often used to describe events or things that are extraordinary and evoke a sense of awe or surprise. It can be used in sentences like 'They saw a great wonder' or 'He was filled with astonishment'.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΤΕΡΑΣ, ΣΗΜΕΙΟΝ

Etymology: This word comes from the Greek root *thaum-* meaning 'to wonder at'. It is related to the verb θαυμάζω (thaumazō), 'to wonder, marvel'.

G5078

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: TEKH-nays

Translations: (of) art, (of) skill, (of) craft, (of) trade, (of) a skill, (of) an art

Notes: This word refers to human skill, craft, or art, often implying a practical ability or a trade. It can also denote the product of such skill. It is used to describe the ability to create or perform something, distinguishing human ingenuity from natural or divine processes.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΕΡΓΑΣΙΑ, ΔΕΞΙΟΤΗΣ, ΕΠΙΣΤΗΜΗ

Etymology: The word ΤΕΧΝΗ (technē) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *teks- meaning 'to weave, to fabricate, to make'. It is related to words like 'textile' and 'technical' in English, reflecting its core meaning of making or crafting.

G3708

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ee-DOO-sin

Translations: they saw, having seen, who saw

Notes: This word is a form of the verb 'to see' or 'to perceive'. It is the third-person plural aorist active indicative or participle, meaning it describes an action of seeing that occurred in the past, completed at a specific point. It can be translated as 'they saw' when used as an indicative verb, or 'having seen' or 'who saw' when used as a participle, modifying a noun.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Third Person, Plural, Indicative or Participle

Synonyms: ΒΛΕΠΟΥΣΙΝ, ΘΕΩΡΟΥΣΙΝ

G3634

Part of Speech: Adjective, Pronoun

Sounds like: OY-on

Translations: such as, of what kind, what sort of, as, like, a such thing, a what sort of thing

Notes: ΟΙΟΝ is the neuter singular form of the adjective/pronoun ΟΙΟΣ. It is used to introduce a comparison, meaning 'such as' or 'as', or to ask about the quality or nature of something, meaning 'of what kind' or 'what sort of'. It can also function as a demonstrative, referring to something of a specific kind.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΟΙΟΣ, ΟΙΑ, ΟΙΟΙ

Etymology: The word ΟΙΟΣ is of uncertain origin, possibly related to the demonstrative pronoun ΟΥΤΟΣ (this) or the interrogative pronoun ΤΙΣ (who, what).

G4184

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: pol-yoo-TEL-ei-ah

Translations: costliness, extravagance, splendor, luxury, magnificence, a costliness, an extravagance, a splendor, a luxury, a magnificence

Notes: This word refers to great expense, lavishness, or magnificence. It describes something that is very costly or of high value, often implying a sense of luxury or splendor. It can be used to describe the quality of something being expensive or the state of living in luxury.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΑΠΑΝΗ, ΠΛΟΥΤΟΣ, ΕΥΠΡΕΠΕΙΑ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek πολυτελής (polutelḗs, “costly, expensive”), from πολύς (polús, “much, many”) + τέλος (télos, “cost, tax”). It refers to something that involves much cost.

G5207

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: HOO-lays

Translations: of wood, of forest, of material, of matter, a forest, a wood, a material, a matter

Notes: This word refers to wood, a forest, or more broadly, to material or matter. It can be used to describe the substance from which something is made, or a collection of trees. In a philosophical context, it can refer to the raw material of the universe.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΕΝΔΡΟΝ, ΞΥΛΟΝ, ΥΠΟΚΕΙΜΕΝΟΝ

Etymology: The word ὕλη (hylē) is of uncertain origin, possibly pre-Greek. It originally referred to a forest or wood, and later extended to mean 'material' or 'matter' in a more general sense, especially in philosophical contexts.

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: kah-tah-skay-vah-STHEN

Translations: having been prepared, having been built, having been made, having been constructed, having been furnished

Notes: This word is the perfect passive participle of the verb 'κατασκευάζω' (kataskeuazo). It describes something that has been prepared, built, made, or constructed. As a perfect passive participle, it indicates a completed action that was performed upon the subject, meaning the subject is now in a state of having been prepared or built. It can function adjectivally, modifying a noun, or adverbially, describing the circumstances of an action.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Perfect, Passive, Participle

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΗΘΕΝ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΣΘΕΝ

G4016

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: peh-ree-eh-LAM-bah-nen

Translations: he was encompassing, he was embracing, he was surrounding, he was including, he was taking in

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from περί (peri, 'around') and λαμβάνω (lambanō, 'to take'). It means to encompass, embrace, surround, or include. It describes an action of taking or holding something from all sides, or bringing something within a boundary or scope. It is used to describe someone who was in the process of encompassing or taking in something.

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Imperfect Indicative, Active Voice

Synonyms: ΠΕΡΙΚΛΕΙΩ, ΠΕΡΙΚΥΚΛΟΩ, ΣΥΜΠΕΡΙΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the preposition περί (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about', and the verb λαμβάνω (lambanō), meaning 'to take' or 'to receive'.

G4744

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: stoh-A-ees

Translations: to porticoes, to colonnades, to porches, to stoas

Notes: This word refers to a portico, colonnade, or porch, typically a covered walkway supported by columns. It was a common architectural feature in ancient Greek and Roman cities, often used as a public gathering place or market. In the provided context, it refers to the porticoes of a temple or other building where guards might be stationed or people might gather.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΠΕΡΙΣΤΥΛΟΝ, ΠΡΟΠΥΛΑΙΟΝ

Etymology: The word 'ΣΤΟΑ' (stoa) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to stand'. It refers to a standing structure, specifically a covered walkway or portico.

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: meh-GISS-tays

Translations: (to) greatest, (to) largest, (to) most important, (to) mightiest

Notes: This word is the dative, feminine, plural form of the superlative adjective 'μέγας' (megas), meaning 'great' or 'large'. It describes something as being the utmost in size, importance, or power. It is used to indicate the recipients or beneficiaries of an action, or the means by which something is done, when referring to things that are the greatest or largest.

Inflection: Superlative, Dative, Feminine, Plural

Synonyms: ΜΕΓΑΛΑΙΣ, ΠΛΕΙΣΤΑΙΣ, ΥΨΙΣΤΑΙΣ

Etymology: The word 'μέγας' (megas) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'great' or 'large'. It has cognates in many Indo-European languages.

G0537

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-PAN-tah

Translations: all, every, the whole, all things, everything

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'all' or 'every'. It can refer to a complete group or quantity. It is often used to emphasize the totality of something, such as 'all people' or 'all time'. When used in the neuter plural, it can be translated as 'all things' or 'everything'.

Inflection: Accusative, Masculine or Feminine, Plural; or Nominative or Accusative, Neuter, Singular or Plural

Synonyms: ΠΑΣ, ΟΛΟΣ, ΣΥΜΠΑΣ

Etymology: The word ΑΠΑΣ (apas) is a compound word formed from the prefix Α- (a-), meaning 'together' or 'completely', and ΠΑΣ (pas), meaning 'all' or 'every'.

G2038

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-pee-tay-DEH-oon

Translations: practicing, pursuing, engaging in, performing, devising, contriving

Notes: This word is the present active participle of the verb 'ἐπιτηδεύω'. It describes someone who is actively engaged in, practicing, or pursuing something. It can also imply devising or contriving something, often with a sense of diligence or purpose. It is used to describe an ongoing action or state.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ΠΡΑΤΤΩΝ, ΠΟΙΩΝ, ΕΡΓΑΖΟΜΕΝΟΣ

Etymology: The word ἐπιτηδεύω (epitēdeuō) comes from ἐπιτηδές (epitēdes), meaning 'on purpose, suitably, diligently'. This in turn is related to ἐπί (epi, 'upon, in addition to') and τήδε (tēde, 'here, in this way').

G4250

Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction

Sounds like: PRIN

Translations: before, sooner, until, ere

Notes: This word functions as an adverb or a conjunction, indicating a point in time prior to another event or action. As an adverb, it means 'before' or 'sooner'. As a conjunction, it means 'before' or 'until', often introducing a clause that describes an event that has not yet happened. It is frequently used with an infinitive or a subjunctive verb.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΠΡΟ, ΠΡΟΤΕΡΟΝ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *per- (forward, through). It is related to the preposition πρό (pro, before).

G5235

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: hoo-per-bal-LOH-meh-nos

Translations: exceeding, surpassing, being excessive, being preeminent

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'hyperballo', meaning 'to throw beyond', 'to exceed', or 'to surpass'. It describes something that is going beyond a certain limit or measure, or something that is superior or preeminent. It can be used to describe actions or qualities that are outstanding or excessive.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive Voice, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΠΕΡΙΣΣΕΥΩ, ΠΕΡΙΣΣΟΤΕΡΟΣ, ΠΛΕΟΝΕΚΤΕΩ

G0243

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: AL-los

Translations: other, another, different, a different

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'other' or 'another'. It is used to refer to something distinct or different from what has already been mentioned or is currently under consideration. It can be used to distinguish one item from a group or to introduce a new, separate item.

Inflection: Nominative, Singular, Masculine

Synonyms: ἙΤΕΡΟΣ, ΛΟΙΠΟΣ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *alyos, meaning 'other, another'. It is cognate with Latin alius and English 'else'.

G5101

Part of Speech: Interrogative Pronoun, Indefinite Pronoun, Interrogative Adjective

Sounds like: TEES

Translations: who, what, which, what kind of, someone, something, anyone, anything, a certain one, a certain thing

Notes: ΤΙΣ is a versatile pronoun and adjective in Koine Greek. As an interrogative, it asks 'who?', 'what?', or 'which?'. As an indefinite, it means 'someone', 'something', 'anyone', or 'anything', often implying an unspecified person or thing. Its meaning depends heavily on context and whether it has an accent.

Inflection: Singular or Plural, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter, Nominative, Genitive, Dative, or Accusative. It is a highly inflected word.

Etymology: The word ΤΙΣ is an ancient Greek word, tracing its origins back to Proto-Indo-European roots. It has cognates in many other Indo-European languages, indicating its long history and fundamental role in language.

Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective

Sounds like: ow-TOH

Translations: it, itself, the same

Notes: This word is a versatile pronoun and adjective. As a pronoun, it typically means 'he,' 'she,' 'it,' or 'they,' depending on its gender and number. When used as an adjective, it can mean 'the same' or serve as an intensive pronoun, emphasizing the noun it modifies, such as 'himself,' 'herself,' 'itself,' or 'themselves.' Its meaning is highly dependent on its grammatical case, number, and gender within a sentence.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Etymology: This word is believed to derive from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'that, that one.' It developed into the Greek pronoun and adjective 'autos,' retaining its core sense of identity or self.

G191

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-koos-THAY-nai

Translations: to be heard, to hear, to be listened to

Notes: This word is the aorist passive infinitive form of the verb 'ἀκούω' (akouō), meaning 'to hear' or 'to listen'. In this passive infinitive form, it means 'to be heard' or 'to be listened to'. It describes an action that is completed (aorist aspect) and where the subject receives the action (passive voice). It functions as a verbal noun, often used after verbs like 'to cause' or 'to make' (as in 'to cause to be heard') or in indirect statements.

Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Infinitive

G3079

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: LOH-fos

Translations: hill, a hill, crest, a crest, ridge, a ridge

Notes: This word refers to a hill, a crest, or a ridge, typically a small elevation of land. It can also refer to the crest of a helmet or a plume. It is used to describe geographical features or parts of objects that rise above the main body.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΒΟΥΝΟΣ, ΟΡΟΣ

Etymology: The etymology of 'λόφος' is uncertain, but it is thought to be related to the Proto-Indo-European root *leup- meaning 'to peel, to break off'. It originally referred to a crest or tuft, and later extended to mean a hill or ridge.

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-NAN-tays

Translations: uphill, steep, rising, ascending

Notes: This adjective describes something that is uphill, steep, or rising. It is used to characterize a slope or an incline, indicating an upward direction or a challenging ascent. For example, it could describe a steep path or a rising hill.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Masculine or Feminine

Synonyms: ΑΝΩΦΕΡΗΣ, ΑΝΩ

Etymology: The word ἈΝΑΝΤΗΣ is derived from the prefix ἀνά (aná), meaning 'up' or 'upwards,' and the root ἄντα (ánta), meaning 'opposite' or 'facing.' Thus, it literally means 'facing upwards' or 'against the ascent.'

G2278

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: EH-oh-is

Translations: eastern, morning, of dawn

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'eastern' or 'of the morning/dawn'. It is used to describe things related to the east or the time of dawn. In its dative plural form, as seen in 'ΕΩΟΙΣ', it often refers to 'to/for the eastern (parts/things)' or 'in the eastern (parts/things)', especially when used with prepositions like 'προς' (towards) or 'εν' (in).

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΑΝΑΤΟΛΙΚΟΣ, ΕΩΘΙΝΟΣ

Etymology: From the noun 'ΕΩΣ' (eōs), meaning 'dawn' or 'morning'.

G3561

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: MEH-reh-sin

Translations: (to) parts, (to) a part, (to) portions, (to) a portion, (to) divisions, (to) a division

Notes: This word refers to a part, portion, or division of something. It is used to indicate a specific segment or share of a whole. In a sentence, it would typically be used to show the recipient or location of an action, or the means by which something is done, due to its dative case.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΜΕΡΗ, ΤΜΗΜΑΤΑ

Etymology: The word ΜΕΡΟΣ (meros) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *(s)mer- meaning 'to allot, to assign'. It refers to a share or portion that has been allotted or divided.

G5296

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: hoop-TEE-oo-MEH-nos

Translations: lying on one's back, supine, bent backward, thrown backward, sloping gently upwards, inclining upwards

Notes: This word is a present middle/passive participle derived from the verb 'ὑπτιόω' (hyptioō), meaning 'to lay on one's back' or 'to turn upward'. When used to describe an inanimate object like a hill, it conveys the sense of sloping gently upwards or inclining in an upward direction, as if 'lying on its back' or 'facing upwards'. It describes a gradual upward slope.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine, Present, Middle/Passive, Participle

Synonyms: ΑΝΑΝΤΗΣ, ΑΝΩΦΕΡΗΣ

Etymology: The word 'ὑπτιόω' (hyptioō) is derived from 'ὕπτιος' (hyptios), meaning 'on one's back' or 'supine'. This in turn comes from 'ὑπό' (hypo), meaning 'under', and a root related to 'turning' or 'lying'.

G0206

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: AH-kran

Translations: highest, outermost, extreme, top, peak, summit, edge, a peak, an edge

Notes: This word describes something that is at the very top, tip, or extreme edge. It can refer to the highest point of a mountain, the tip of a finger, or the outermost part of something. It is used to denote the extremity or culmination of something.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΚΟΡΥΦΗ, ἈΚΡΟΝ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *ak- ('sharp, pointed'). It refers to the sharp or pointed end of something, hence the meaning of 'highest' or 'extreme'.

G2039

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: eh-pee-froh-SOO-neen

Translations: prudence, a prudence, thoughtfulness, consideration, understanding, wisdom

Notes: This word refers to prudence, thoughtfulness, or consideration. It denotes a state of mind characterized by careful thought and good judgment, often implying a practical wisdom in dealing with affairs. It is a compound word derived from the preposition ἐπί (epi, meaning 'upon' or 'in addition to') and φρόνησις (phronesis, meaning 'understanding' or 'prudence').

Inflection: Accusative, Singular, Feminine

Synonyms: ΦΡΟΝΗΣΙΣ, ΣΟΦΙΑ, ΣΥΝΕΣΙΣ

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: meh-GAH-lais

Translations: great, large, mighty, important, loud, a great, a large

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'great' or 'large'. It is used to describe the size, importance, or intensity of something. For example, it can refer to a great sound, a large object, or a significant event. In the provided examples, it modifies nouns like 'maladies' (malakiais), 'misfortunes' (symphorais), and 'wars' (polemois), indicating their significant scale or severity.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΙΣΧΥΡΟΣ, ΜΕΓΙΣΤΟΣ

G0655

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-peh-teh-KHEE-zden

Translations: was walling off, was fortifying, was enclosing with a wall, was building a wall around

Notes: This word describes the action of building a wall around something, fortifying it, or cutting it off by means of a wall. It implies a continuous or repeated action in the past. It is often used in contexts of military defense or urban development.

Inflection: Imperfect Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular

Synonyms: ΤΕΙΧΙΖΩ, ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΟΧΥΡΟΩ

Etymology: The word ἀποτειχίζω (apoteichizō) is a compound verb formed from ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and τειχίζω (teichizō), meaning 'to wall' or 'to build a wall'. The root τειχίζω comes from τεῖχος (teichos), meaning 'wall'.

G0509

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: AH-noh-then

Translations: from above, from the top, again, anew, from the beginning

Notes: This word is an adverb that can have both a spatial and a temporal meaning. Spatially, it means 'from above' or 'from the top,' indicating origin or direction from a higher place. Temporally, it means 'again,' 'anew,' or 'from the beginning,' indicating a repetition or a fresh start. Its specific meaning often depends on the context of the sentence.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΠΑΛΙΝ, ἘΚ ΠΡΩΤΗΣ

Etymology: The word ἈΝΩΘΕΝ is formed from the adverb ἄνω (anō), meaning 'upwards' or 'above,' combined with the suffix -θεν (-then), which indicates origin or direction 'from' a place. Thus, it literally means 'from above' or 'from an upper place,' and by extension, 'from the beginning' or 'again'.

G2736

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: KAH-toh-then

Translations: from below, below, underneath

Notes: This word is an adverb indicating a position or origin from a lower place. It is used to describe something that is located beneath another object or that comes from a lower point. For example, it can describe something coming up from the ground or being situated at the bottom.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΥΠΟΚΑΤΩ, ΚΑΤΩ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek κάτω (kátō, “down, downwards”) + -θεν (-then, suffix indicating origin or direction from a place).

G0756

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ar-KHO-meh-nos

Translations: beginning, starting, being led, ruling, a beginner, one who begins, one who rules

Notes: This word is a present middle/passive participle derived from the verb 'ἈΡΧΩ'. It describes someone or something that is in the process of beginning, starting, or being led. Depending on context, it can also refer to someone who is ruling or taking the lead, or simply 'one who begins'. It functions like an adjective or adverb in a sentence.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ΕΝΑΡΧΟΜΕΝΟΣ, ΚΑΤΑΡΧΟΜΕΝΟΣ

G4060

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: peh-ree-THEY

Translations: to put around, to place around, to put on, to encircle, to surround, to crown

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΠΕΡΙ (around) and the verb ΤΙΘΗΜΙ (to put, to place). It means to place something around another object or person, to put on, or to encircle. It can be used in contexts like putting a crown on someone's head, placing a boundary around an area, or surrounding something with an object.

Inflection: Aorist Active Imperative (2nd Person Singular) or Present Active Imperative (2nd Person Singular)

Synonyms: ΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΚΥΚΛΟΩ, ΣΤΕΦΑΝΟΩ

Etymology: The word ΠΕΡΙΤΙΘΗΜΙ is a compound of the preposition ΠΕΡΙ (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about', and the verb ΤΙΘΗΜΙ (tithēmi), meaning 'to put' or 'to place'.

G2545

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ay-LEE-bah-toyce

Translations: steep, high, lofty, precipitous

Notes: This word describes something that is very steep, high, or precipitous, often referring to mountains or cliffs. It conveys a sense of inaccessibility or great height. It is used to describe physical features of the landscape.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Feminine

Synonyms: ΥΨΗΛΟΣ, ΚΡΗΜΝΩΔΗΣ

Etymology: The word ἠλίβατος (ēlíbatos) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to ἥλιος (hēlios, 'sun') and βαίνω (bainō, 'to go'), suggesting 'where the sun goes' or 'sun-trodden', implying great height. Another theory connects it to a pre-Greek substrate word.

G1210

Part of Speech: Participle, Verb

Sounds like: deh-deh-MEH-naiss

Translations: to those who are bound, to those who are tied, to those who are fettered, with things that are bound, with things that are tied, with things that are fettered

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been bound' or 'having been tied'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing a noun or modifying a verb. In this dative plural form, it indicates the recipient or instrument of an action, referring to multiple feminine entities that have been bound or tied.

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Dative, Plural, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΕΣΜΕΥΩ, ΣΥΝΔΕΩ

Etymology: The root verb ΔΕΩ (deō) comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to tie, bind'.

G240

Part of Speech: Reciprocal Pronoun

Sounds like: al-LAY-las

Translations: one another, each other

Notes: This word is a reciprocal pronoun, meaning 'one another' or 'each other'. It is used to indicate a mutual action or relationship between two or more subjects. It is always plural and never appears in the nominative case. It is commonly used with prepositions to express various relationships, such as 'to one another' or 'with one another'.

Inflection: Accusative, Plural, Feminine

Etymology: The word originates from the reduplication of the stem of ἈΛΛΟΣ (ALLOS), meaning 'other'. The reduplication signifies reciprocity.

G0618

Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)

Sounds like: ah-po-lam-BAH-non

Translations: receiving, taking back, recovering, getting, obtaining, taking aside, taking apart, taking away, taking possession of

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'apolambanō'. It generally means to receive something, often implying a return or recovery, such as receiving back what is due or taking possession of something. It can also mean to take someone aside or to take something apart, depending on the context. In the provided examples, it seems to refer to taking possession of or occupying strategic places.

Inflection: Present, Active, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΚΟΜΙΖΩ, ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ

G0104

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: AH-ee-AY

Translations: always, ever, continually, at all times

Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'always' or 'continually'. It is used to indicate something that happens without interruption or at every point in time. For example, it can describe an action that is perpetually ongoing or a state that is constant.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΠΑΝΤΟΤΕ, ΔΙΑΠΑΝΤΟΣ

Etymology: This word comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'ever, always'. It is related to other Greek words indicating duration or continuity.

G5101

Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective

Sounds like: TEE

Translations: what, why, what kind of, how much, something, anything, a certain thing

Notes: This word is the neuter singular form of the interrogative/indefinite pronoun 'τίς'. It can be used to ask 'what?' or 'why?', or to refer to 'something' or 'anything' in an indefinite sense. When used as an adjective, it means 'what kind of' or 'how much'.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Etymology: The word 'ΤΙ' originates from Proto-Indo-European, serving as the neuter singular form of the interrogative/indefinite pronoun.

G4982

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-SOH

Translations: I save, I deliver, I preserve, I heal

Notes: This word is a form of the verb 'σῴζω' (sōzō), meaning 'to save' or 'to deliver'. It is used to describe the act of rescuing someone or something from danger, harm, or destruction. It can also refer to healing or preserving life. In the provided context, 'ἘΣΩ' appears to be an incomplete form or a prefix, as the full verb forms like 'ἘΣΩΘΗΣΑΝ' (they were saved) and 'ἘΣΩΣΕΝ' (he saved) are seen. The word itself is not typically used in isolation in Koine Greek.

Inflection: First Person Singular, Present Indicative, Active Voice (of σῴζω)

Synonyms: ΡΥΟΜΑΙ, ΔΙΑΣΩΖΩ, ΘΕΡΑΠΕΥΩ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *seh₂w- 'to save, to protect'.

G5561

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: KHO-ras

Translations: of a country, of a region, of a land, of a place, of the country, of the region, of the land, of the place, countries, regions, lands, places

Notes: This word refers to a country, region, land, or place. It is often used to denote a specific geographical area or territory. In its genitive singular form, it indicates possession or origin, such as 'of a country' or 'from a region'. It can also function as the nominative or accusative plural, meaning 'countries' or 'regions'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine; or Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΤΟΠΟΣ, ΓΗ

G0899

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: BA-thos

Translations: depth, a depth, deep, profoundness, abyss

Notes: This noun refers to a great vertical extent downwards, indicating depth or profoundness. It can also refer to the deep sea or an abyss. It is used to describe the extent of something from top to bottom, or figuratively, the profoundness of a concept or idea.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΒΥΣΣΟΣ, ΒΥΘΟΣ

Etymology: From the adjective βαθύς (bathys), meaning 'deep'. It is related to the Proto-Indo-European root *gʷʰedʰ-, meaning 'to sink, to be deep'.

G5620

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb

Sounds like: OHST

Translations: so that, with the result that, therefore, consequently

Notes: This word is an elided form of ΩΣΤΕ (hōste), meaning 'so that' or 'with the result that'. It introduces a clause expressing the consequence or result of a preceding action or statement. It can also be used to indicate a logical conclusion, similar to 'therefore' or 'consequently'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΔΙΟ, ΑΡΑ

Etymology: From the adverb ὡς (hōs, 'as, how') and the particle τέ (te, 'and, also'). It literally means 'as also' or 'as then', developing into a conjunction indicating result.

G550

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: ah-PEH-ee-ron

Translations: infinite, boundless, immense, endless, unlimited, a boundless thing, the infinite

Notes: This word describes something without limit or end, whether in space, time, or quantity. It can be used as an adjective to modify a noun, or it can be substantivized and used as a noun itself, referring to 'the infinite' or 'a boundless thing'. It is a compound word formed from the negative prefix 'ἀ-' (a-, meaning 'not' or 'without') and 'πεῖρα' (peira, meaning 'end' or 'limit').

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ἈΤΕΛΕΣ, ἈΠΕΡΑΝΤΟΣ, ἈΝΕΚΛΕΙΠΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word ἈΠΕΙΡΟΝ is derived from the negative prefix ἀ- (a-, 'not', 'without') and πεῖρα (peira, 'end', 'limit', 'boundary'). It literally means 'without end' or 'without limit'.

G5074

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: tet-ra-GOH-noo

Translations: of square, of a square

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'square' or 'four-cornered'. It describes something that has four angles or four sides. In this genitive form, it indicates possession or origin, often translated as 'of a square' or 'belonging to a square object'. It can be used to describe the shape of objects, such as stones or buildings.

Inflection: Genitive, Singular, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter

Etymology: From Greek 'tetra' (four) and 'gonia' (angle, corner). It literally means 'four-angled' or 'four-cornered'.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: geh-geh-NEE-meh-nays

Translations: of having become, of having been, of having come into being, of having happened

Notes: This word is a form of the verb 'to become' or 'to be born'. As a perfect participle, it describes an action that has been completed in the past but has ongoing results. In this specific form, it is used to modify a feminine noun in the genitive case, indicating possession or relationship, often translated with 'of' or 'belonging to'. It can refer to something that has come into existence, happened, or been born.

Inflection: Perfect Participle, Genitive, Singular, Feminine

Synonyms: ΓΕΝΝΑΩ, ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ, ΕΙΜΙ

G3359

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: MEH-toh-poo

Translations: of forehead, of brow

Notes: This word refers to the forehead or brow, the part of the face above the eyes. It can be used literally to describe a physical feature or figuratively in contexts where something is placed or marked on the forehead, often signifying ownership, identity, or a visible characteristic.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Neuter

Etymology: The word ΜΕΤΩΠΟΝ is a compound word derived from the Greek preposition ΜΕΤΑ (meta), meaning 'after' or 'behind', and the noun ΩΨ (ops), meaning 'eye' or 'face'. It literally refers to the part of the face 'behind the eyes' or 'between the eyes'.

G3708

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: oh-RAH-sthai

Translations: to see, to perceive, to look, to behold, to appear, to be seen

Notes: This word is the present middle/passive infinitive form of the verb 'ΟΡΑΩ', meaning 'to see' or 'to perceive'. In the middle voice, it can mean 'to see for oneself' or 'to look at oneself'. In the passive voice, it means 'to be seen' or 'to appear'. It is used to express the action of seeing or appearing without specifying a subject, often functioning as a complement to another verb.

Inflection: Present, Middle or Passive Voice, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΒΛΕΠΩ, ΕΙΔΟΝ, ΘΕΑΟΜΑΙ

G1296

Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective

Sounds like: dee-ays-fah-LEE-smeh-nah

Translations: secured, made safe, made firm, guaranteed, things secured

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, neuter plural, nominative or accusative case, derived from the verb διασφαλίζω (diasphalizō). It describes something that has been made secure, firm, or safe, or something that has been guaranteed. It functions adjectivally, modifying a neuter plural noun, or substantively, referring to 'the things that have been secured'.

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΣΦΑΛΙΖΩ, ΒΕΒΑΙΟΩ

Etymology: The word διασφαλίζω (diasphalizō) is a compound word formed from διά (dia), meaning 'through' or 'thoroughly', and ἀσφαλίζω (asphalizō), meaning 'to make safe' or 'to secure'. The prefix διά intensifies the meaning of the verb.

G4912

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: soon-EH-khine

Translations: to hold together, to constrain, to oppress, to afflict, to seize, to occupy, to press hard, to be distressed, to be held by

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΣΥΝ (together with) and the verb ΕΧΩ (to have, to hold). It means to hold together, to constrain, to oppress, or to seize. It can describe being held by a disease or a crowd, or to be distressed by circumstances. It implies a strong, often forceful, holding or pressing.

Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΚΡΑΤΕΩ, ΠΙΕΖΩ

Etymology: The word ΣΥΝΕΧΩ is a compound of the Greek preposition ΣΥΝ (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb ΕΧΩ (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'.

G3779

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: OO-toh

Translations: thus, so, in this way, in like manner

Notes: This word is an adverb of manner, indicating how something is done or the way in which something occurs. It can also refer to the extent or degree of something. It is often used to introduce a consequence or a comparison, meaning 'in this way' or 'thus'. It is an older form of ΟΥΤΩΣ, and both forms are used interchangeably in Koine Greek.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΟΥΤΩΣ, ΩΣ

Etymology: From the demonstrative pronoun ΟΥΤΟΣ (houtos, 'this'). It indicates 'in this manner' or 'thus', referring back to something previously mentioned or implied.

G4886

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: soon-AP-too-sees

Translations: joining, connecting, uniting, bringing together, of joining, of connecting, of uniting, of bringing together

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'συνάπτω', meaning to join, connect, or unite. It describes something that is in the process of joining or that serves to connect. It is often used to describe physical connections or the bringing together of elements.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Singular, Feminine, Genitive

Synonyms: ΣΥΝΔΕΩ, ΣΥΝΕΧΩ, ΣΥΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ

G3032

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: LOH-fon

Translations: hill, a hill, crest, a crest, ridge, a ridge

Notes: This word refers to a hill, a crest, or a ridge, often used to describe a raised piece of land. It can also refer to the crest of a helmet or a plume. In a sentence, it would typically function as the object of a verb or preposition, indicating the place or thing being acted upon.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΒΟΥΝΟΣ, ΟΡΟΣ

Etymology: The origin of the word 'λόφος' is uncertain, but it is thought to be related to the idea of something raised or elevated.

G0657

Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)

Sounds like: ap-er-ga-SAH-me-nos

Translations: having worked out, having accomplished, having produced, having performed, having brought about, having made, having done

Notes: This word is an aorist middle participle of the verb 'apergazomai'. It describes an action that has been completed by the subject, often with the sense of bringing something to completion, producing a result, or accomplishing a task. It can be translated as 'having worked out' or 'having accomplished' and implies a definitive action that leads to a specific outcome.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ΠΟΙΕΩ, ΕΡΓΑΖΟΜΑΙ, ΤΕΛΕΩ

G2802

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: koy-LAH

Translations: valley, a valley

Notes: This word refers to a valley or a hollow place. It is often used to describe a geographical depression between hills or mountains. In the provided context, it consistently refers to a specific valley, the Valley of Jehoshaphat, or a generic 'valley of decision'.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΦΑΡΑΓΞ, ΝΑΠΗ

Etymology: The word κοιλάς (koilas) is derived from the adjective κοῖλος (koilos), meaning 'hollow' or 'concave'. It describes a hollow or depressed area of land.

G1705

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: em-PLEH-sas

Translations: having filled, having satisfied, having fulfilled

Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb meaning 'to fill' or 'to satisfy'. It describes an action that has been completed in the past by the subject. It is used to indicate that someone has performed the action of filling or satisfying something or someone.

Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular

Synonyms: ΠΛΗΡΩΣΑΣ, ΓΕΜΙΣΑΣ

Etymology: The word ΕΜΠΙΠΛΗΜΙ is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΕΝ (en, meaning 'in' or 'into') and the verb ΠΙΜΠΛΗΜΙ (pimplēmi, meaning 'to fill').

G2476

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ee-SOH-peh-don

Translations: level, flat, even, made level, made flat

Notes: This word is a compound adjective meaning 'level' or 'flat'. It describes something that has been made even or brought to a uniform surface. It is often used to describe the destruction of a city or building, implying it has been razed to the ground and made flat.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Accusative

Synonyms: ὉΜΑΛΟΣ, ΕΥ̓ΘΥΣ

Etymology: From ἴσος (isos), meaning 'equal' or 'level', and πέδον (pedon), meaning 'ground' or 'plain'. The word literally means 'equal ground' or 'level ground'.

Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective

Sounds like: TOOT

Translations: this, that, this one, that one, of this, of that, to this, to that

Notes: This word is an inflected form of the demonstrative pronoun and adjective 'οὗτος' (houtos), meaning 'this' or 'that'. It is used to point out something specific, either nearby or previously mentioned. As a pronoun, it can stand alone, referring to a person or thing. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, agreeing with it in gender, number, and case. Its meaning can shift slightly depending on the context, often emphasizing proximity or a specific reference.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ

G4033

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: peh-REE-boh-los

Translations: enclosure, a wall, a fence, a surrounding wall, a court

Notes: This word refers to an enclosure, a surrounding wall, or a fence. It describes something that encircles or bounds an area, often for protection or definition. It can be used to refer to a physical barrier like a wall or a courtyard.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΤΕΙΧΟΣ, ΦΡΑΓΜΟΣ, ΑΥΛΗ

Etymology: From the Greek verb περιβάλλω (periballō), meaning 'to throw around, to surround, to encompass'. It combines περί (peri), meaning 'around', and βάλλω (ballō), meaning 'to throw'.

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: EKH-ohn

Translations: having, holding, possessing, being in possession of

Notes: This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'ἔχω' (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. As a participle, it functions like a verbal adjective, describing someone or something that is in the act of having or holding something. It can be translated as 'having' or 'one who has', and often introduces a clause explaining what someone possesses or is doing.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ΚΕΚΤΗΜΕΝΟΣ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩΝ

Etymology: The verb ἔχω (echō) comes from Proto-Indo-European *seǵʰ- ('to hold, to have'). It is a common verb in ancient Greek, with a wide range of meanings related to possession, state, and action.

G4712

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: sta-DEE-on

Translations: stadium, a stadium, race course, a race course, furlong, a furlong

Notes: This word refers to a stadium or a race course, a place where athletic contests, especially footraces, were held. It can also denote a measure of distance, specifically a furlong, which was approximately 600 Greek feet or about 200 meters. It is used to describe both the physical location and the unit of measurement.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΔΡΟΜΟΣ, ΑΓΩΝ

Etymology: The word "στάδιον" comes from the Greek root "στάδιος" (stadios), meaning 'fixed, standing still'. It originally referred to a fixed measure of length, and then to the place where such a length was measured out for races.

G1782

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: en-doh-TEH-roh

Translations: further in, further within, deeper, more inward, into the inner part

Notes: This word is a comparative adverb, meaning 'further in' or 'more inward'. It indicates a movement or position that is deeper or more internal than something else. It can be used to describe moving further into a building, a region, or a state.

Inflection: Comparative Adverb

Synonyms: ΕΣΩΤΕΡΩ, ΕΝΤΟΣ

Etymology: Derived from the adverb ἔνδον (endon), meaning 'within' or 'inside'. The suffix -τέρω is used to form comparative adverbs, indicating 'further' or 'more'.

G0243

Part of Speech: Adjective, Pronoun, Adverb

Sounds like: AL-lo

Translations: other, another, different, an other, another thing

Notes: This word refers to something distinct or different from what has already been mentioned or is currently under consideration. It can be used to describe a different person, thing, or concept. It often functions as an adjective modifying a noun, but can also stand alone as a pronoun meaning 'another one' or 'another thing'. When used adverbially, it can mean 'otherwise' or 'in another way'.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ἙΤΕΡΟΣ, ἈΛΛΟΤΡΙΟΣ

Etymology: The word ἈΛΛΟΣ comes from Proto-Indo-European *alyos, meaning 'other, another'. It is related to Latin alius and English 'else'.

G2470

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ee-so-MAY-kays

Translations: of equal length, equally long, coextensive

Notes: This word describes something that is of the same length or extent as something else. It is used to indicate equality in measurement or duration. For example, one might describe two lines as 'isomekes' if they are the same length, or two periods of time as 'isomekes' if they are of equal duration.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ἸΣΟΣ, ὉΜΟΙΟΣ

Etymology: The word ἰσομήκης (isomēkēs) is a compound word derived from ἴσος (isos), meaning 'equal', and μῆκος (mēkos), meaning 'length'.

G4745

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: sto-AH

Translations: porch, a porch, portico, a portico, colonnade, a colonnade

Notes: A stoa is a covered walkway or portico, typically open on one side with a row of columns supporting the roof. These structures were common in ancient Greek architecture and served various purposes, such as public meeting places, market areas, or shelters. It is often found as part of larger buildings like temples or agoras.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Etymology: The word "stoa" comes from the Ancient Greek word "στοά" (stoá), referring to a portico or colonnade. Its origin is uncertain, but it is an ancient Greek architectural term.

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: EKH-on

Translations: having, holding, possessing, keeping, a having, a holding, a possessing, a keeping

Notes: This word is a present active participle, meaning 'having' or 'holding'. It describes an ongoing action of possession or holding. It can function adjectivally, modifying a noun, or adverbially, describing how an action is performed. For example, 'the man having the book' or 'he walked, having a stick'.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative or Accusative, Singular, Neuter

Synonyms: ΚΤΩΜΑΙ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ

G5177

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: teh-ty-KEE-koh-tos

Translations: of having obtained, of having happened, of having met, of having attained, of having gained, of having received

Notes: This word is a perfect active participle, indicating an action that has been completed and whose results are still relevant. It is used to describe someone or something that has obtained, happened upon, met with, or attained something. As a genitive form, it often translates with 'of' or 'belonging to' the one who has performed the action.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter, Perfect Active Participle

Synonyms: ΛΑΒΟΝΤΟΣ, ΕΥΡΗΚΟΤΟΣ

G0872

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ah-fo-ROH-san

Translations: looking away, looking intently, fixing one's gaze, the one looking away

Notes: This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'ἀφοράω'. It describes an action of looking away from something else in order to focus intently on a specific object or person. It implies a focused gaze or attention directed towards a particular point, often with the sense of turning one's eyes from other distractions. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing the subject's action or state.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine, Present Active Participle

Synonyms: ΒΛΈΠΩ, ἘΜΒΛΈΠΩ, ΘΕΩΡΈΩ

G4385

Part of Speech: Adverb, Preposition

Sounds like: PROS-then

Translations: before, in front, in front of, in the presence of, formerly, previously

Notes: This word functions as an adverb meaning 'before' or 'in front'. It can refer to a spatial position, indicating something is physically in front, or to a temporal position, meaning 'formerly' or 'previously'. It can also be used as a preposition with the genitive case, meaning 'in front of' or 'in the presence of' someone or something.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΜΠΡΟΣΘΕΝ, ΠΡΟ

Etymology: From the preposition πρό (pro, 'before') and the suffix -θεν (-then, indicating origin or direction from).

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tes-keh-YOO-ah-sahn

Translations: they prepared, they made ready, they built, they constructed, they furnished, they equipped

Notes: This word is the third person plural aorist active indicative form of the verb 'κατασκευάζω' (kataskeuazō). It means 'they prepared,' 'they made ready,' 'they built,' or 'they constructed.' It describes an action that was completed in the past, emphasizing the result of the preparation or construction. It can be used to describe the building of structures, the furnishing of a place, or the general act of making something ready for use.

Inflection: Third Person, Plural, Aorist, Active, Indicative

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ, ΠΟΙΕΩ

G2413

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: ee-eh-ROO

Translations: of holy, of sacred, of a temple, of the temple, of the sanctuary

Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the adjective 'ΙΕΡΟΣ' (hieros), meaning 'holy' or 'sacred'. When used with the definite article, it often functions as a noun, referring to 'the temple' or 'the sanctuary'. It indicates possession or origin, answering the question 'whose?' or 'from what?'. For example, 'the beauty of the temple' or 'the things of the sanctuary'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΑΓΙΟΥ, ΝΑΟΥ, ΒΗΛΟΥ

G4078

Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective

Sounds like: peh-PEEG-meh-nah

Translations: fixed, fastened, solidified, congealed, set, built, constructed

Notes: This word is the perfect passive/middle participle of the verb πήγνυμι (pēgnymi), meaning 'to fix, fasten, solidify, or congeal'. As a participle, it functions adjectivally, describing something that has been fixed, fastened, or made firm. It can refer to things that are set in place, built, or have become solid.

Inflection: Perfect, Passive/Middle, Participle, Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΕΔΡΑΙΟΣ, ΣΤΕΡΕΟΣ, ΒΕΒΑΙΟΣ

G0394

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-neh-THEH-ken

Translations: he dedicated, she dedicated, it dedicated, he offered up, she offered up, it offered up, he set up, she set up, it set up, he consecrated, she consecrated, it consecrated

Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb ἀνατίθημι (anatithēmi). It is a compound word formed from the preposition ἀνά (ana), meaning 'up' or 'again', and the verb τίθημι (tithēmi), meaning 'to place' or 'to put'. Therefore, it generally means 'to set up', 'to dedicate', 'to offer up', or 'to consecrate'. It describes an action completed in the past, often referring to the dedication of something to a deity or a sacred purpose.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Active, Indicative

Synonyms: ΑΦΙΕΡΟΩ, ΚΑΘΙΕΡΟΩ

Etymology: The verb ἀνατίθημι (anatithēmi) is a compound of ἀνά (ana), meaning 'up' or 'again', and τίθημι (tithēmi), meaning 'to place' or 'to put'. The root τίθημι comes from Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'to put' or 'to place'.

G4369

Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)

Sounds like: pros-THEIS

Translations: adding, having added, putting to, moreover, furthermore, in addition

Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'προστίθημι', meaning 'to put to', 'to add', or 'to give besides'. As a participle, it functions adverbially, often indicating an action completed prior to the main verb, or providing additional information. It can convey the sense of 'having added' or simply 'adding', and is frequently used to introduce a new point or action, similar to 'furthermore' or 'moreover' in English.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine or Neuter, Nominative Singular

Synonyms: ΕΠΙΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΠΡΟΣΑΝΑΤΙΘΗΜΙ

Etymology: The word προστίθημι is a compound of the preposition πρός (pros), meaning 'to' or 'towards', and the verb τίθημι (tithēmi), meaning 'to put' or 'to place'.

G3745

Part of Speech: Relative Pronoun, Relative Adjective

Sounds like: OH-sah

Translations: as many as, all that, whatever, how many, all things whatsoever, whatever things

Notes: This word is the neuter plural form of the relative pronoun/adjective ὅσος (hosos). It means 'as many as' or 'all that/which' and is used to introduce a relative clause, referring to an indefinite quantity or number of things. It can function as both a pronoun (e.g., 'whatever things') or an adjective (e.g., 'as many things as'). It can be used in both the nominative and accusative cases.

Inflection: Neuter, Plural, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: PANTA, HAPAS

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European. It is related to the demonstrative pronoun ὅδε (hode, 'this') and the interrogative pronoun τίς (tis, 'who? what?').

G0717

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ar-ra-BOHN

Translations: pledge, a pledge, earnest, a down payment, security

Notes: This word refers to a pledge, a down payment, or earnest money given as security for a future transaction or as a guarantee that a promise will be fulfilled. It signifies a part of a payment or a gift that confirms a larger, future payment or gift. It is often used in the context of a binding agreement or a promise of something to come.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ἘΓΓΥΗ, ΠΙΣΤΙΣ, ἈΡΡΕΒΩΝ

Etymology: This word is of Semitic (Hebrew or Phoenician) origin, likely from the Hebrew word 'ʿērābôn' (עֵרָבוֹן), meaning 'pledge' or 'security'. It entered Greek through trade and cultural exchange.

G2983

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-LAH-ben

Translations: he took, she took, it took, he received, she received, it received

Notes: This is the third person singular aorist indicative active form of the verb 'λαμβάνω' (lambanō), meaning 'to take' or 'to receive'. It describes an action that occurred in the past, completed at a specific point in time. It can be used to describe someone taking an object, receiving something, or even grasping an idea.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Indicative, Active

Synonyms: ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΚΟΜΙΖΩ

G20

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ah-KRO-po-lis

Translations: acropolis, a citadel, a fortress

Notes: This is a compound word formed from 'ἄκρος' (highest, outermost) and 'πόλις' (city). It refers to the highest part of a city, often fortified, serving as a citadel or fortress. It was typically built on elevated ground for defensive purposes and often contained important public buildings or temples.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΦΡΟΥΡΙΟΝ, ΠΥΡΓΟΣ, ΚΑΣΤΡΟΝ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the Greek words ἄκρος (akros), meaning 'highest' or 'uppermost', and πόλις (polis), meaning 'city'. It literally means 'highest city' or 'city on the edge'.

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: eng-GOH-nee-os

Translations: angular, cornered, in a corner, a cornered

Notes: This adjective describes something that is angular or located in a corner. It refers to a shape or position that has angles or is situated at a corner. It can be used to describe buildings, structures, or even abstract concepts that have a 'corner' aspect.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine or Feminine

Synonyms: ΓΩΝΙΑΙΟΣ, ΓΩΝΙΟΣ

Etymology: This word is derived from the Koine Greek word γωνία (gōnia), meaning 'corner' or 'angle', with the prefix ἐν- (en-), meaning 'in' or 'at'.

G2117

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: yoo-ER-kays

Translations: well-walled, well-fortified, well-enclosed

Notes: This adjective describes something that is well-walled or well-fortified, implying strength and security. It is used to describe structures like cities, fortresses, or enclosures that are built with strong walls for defense or protection.

Inflection: Nominative, Singular, Masculine or Feminine

Synonyms: ὈΧΥΡΟΣ, ΤΕΙΧΗΡΗΣ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek εὖ (eu, 'well') and ἕρκος (herkos, 'fence, enclosure, wall'). It literally means 'well-enclosed' or 'well-walled'.

G5036

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-teh-TEH-khees-toh

Translations: it had been walled, it had been fortified, it had been built with a wall

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to wall' or 'to fortify'. The form 'ἘΤΕΤΕΙΧΙΣΤΟ' specifically indicates that something 'had been walled' or 'had been fortified' in the past, emphasizing a completed action with ongoing results. It is typically used to describe a city, a building, or a location that has been surrounded by a defensive wall.

Inflection: 3rd Person Singular, Pluperfect, Indicative, Passive

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΚΤΙΖΩ, ΟΧΥΡΟΩ

Etymology: The word ΤΕΙΧΙΖΩ (teichizo) comes from the Greek word ΤΕΙΧΟΣ (teichos), meaning 'wall'.

G1313

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: dee-AH-fo-ros

Translations: different, differing, excellent, surpassing, more excellent, better, various

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'different' or 'distinguished'. It can describe something that varies from another, or something that is superior or more excellent. It is a compound word formed from 'διά' (dia), meaning 'through' or 'apart', and 'φέρω' (pherō), meaning 'to bear' or 'to carry'.

Inflection: Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter; Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative; Singular or Plural

Synonyms: ΕΤΕΡΟΣ, ΑΛΛΟΣ, ΚΡΕΙΤΤΩΝ

Etymology: From the Greek preposition διά (dia), meaning 'through' or 'apart', and the verb φέρω (pherō), meaning 'to bear' or 'to carry'. The combination implies 'carrying apart' or 'being carried through', leading to the sense of being distinct or superior.

G4253

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: PRO

Translations: before, in front of, for, on behalf of, in the presence of, prior to, instead of

Notes: This word is a preposition that typically takes the genitive case. It can indicate a spatial relationship, meaning 'before' or 'in front of' something or someone. It can also denote a temporal relationship, meaning 'before' in time, or a causal relationship, meaning 'for' or 'on behalf of' someone or something. In some contexts, it can also mean 'instead of' or 'in the presence of'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΜΠΡΟΣΘΕΝ, ΑΝΤΙ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'before, in front of'. It is cognate with English 'for' and Latin 'pro'.

Part of Speech: Proper Noun

Sounds like: ah-sah-moh-NAI-ohn

Translations: of the Hasmoneans

Notes: This word refers to the Hasmoneans, a priestly and royal dynasty that ruled Judea from the 2nd to the 1st century BCE. It is used to indicate possession or origin related to this family, often appearing in contexts describing their lineage, property, or actions. It is a plural genitive form.

Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Masculine

Etymology: The name 'Hasmonean' is derived from the ancestor Hasmon (or Asamoneus), though the exact origin of this name is not fully clear. It refers to the dynasty founded by Mattathias, whose family was also known as the Maccabees.

G0749

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ar-khee-eh-REIS

Translations: high priest, chief priest, a high priest, chief priests

Notes: This is a compound word meaning 'high priest' or 'chief priest'. It refers to the head of the priestly order, particularly the chief religious official in ancient Israel. In the plural, 'chief priests' often refers to the leading members of the priestly class, including the current high priest, former high priests, and heads of the priestly families. It is used to denote those with significant religious authority.

Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Vocative or Accusative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΙΕΡΕΥΣ, ΠΡΕΣΒΥΤΕΡΟΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of two Greek words: 'ἀρχι-' (archi-), meaning 'chief' or 'first', and 'ἱερεύς' (hiereus), meaning 'priest'. It literally means 'chief priest'.

G0915

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: BAH-rees

Translations: fortress, a fortress, tower, a tower, palace, a palace, citadel, a citadel

Notes: ΒΑΡΙΝ is the accusative singular form of the noun ΒΑΡΙΣ. It refers to a fortified building, such as a fortress, tower, or palace. It is often used to describe a strong, imposing structure, particularly one used for defense or as a royal residence. In a sentence, it would function as the direct object.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΠΥΡΓΟΣ, ΦΡΟΥΡΙΟΝ, ΑΚΡΟΠΟΛΙΣ

Etymology: The word ΒΑΡΙΣ is of Egyptian origin, derived from the Egyptian word 'bꜣr' meaning 'house' or 'palace'. It was adopted into Greek, particularly in the Hellenistic period, to refer to fortified structures.

G2564

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-KAH-leh-san

Translations: they called, they named, they invited

Notes: This word means 'they called' or 'they named'. It is the third person plural aorist indicative active form of the verb 'kaleō', meaning 'to call' or 'to invite'. It describes an action that happened in the past, completed at a specific point in time. For example, it can be used when a group of people called someone by name or invited them to an event.

Inflection: Third Person Plural, Aorist Indicative, Active Voice

Synonyms: ὈΝΟΜΑΖΩ, ΠΡΟΣΦΩΝΕΩ, ΚΕΛΕΥΩ

G2409

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: hee-er-ah-tee-KEEN

Translations: priestly, a priestly, sacerdotal

Notes: This word describes something related to priests or the priesthood. It refers to things that are sacred or belong to the priestly office, such as priestly garments or duties. It is often used to qualify nouns, indicating their connection to religious service.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΙΕΡΟΣ, ΑΡΧΙΕΡΑΤΙΚΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΙΕΡΑΤΙΚΟΣ (hieratikos) comes from the Greek word ἱερεύς (hiereus), meaning 'priest', which itself is derived from ἱερός (hieros), meaning 'sacred' or 'holy'.

G0606

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-po-KAY-sthai

Translations: to be laid up, to be reserved, to be stored away, to be awaiting

Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and the verb κεῖμαι (keimai), meaning 'to lie' or 'to be placed'. In its infinitive form, it means 'to be laid up' or 'to be reserved'. It describes something that is set aside or kept for a future purpose, often implying a secure or designated place. It can also mean 'to be awaiting' or 'to be destined for'.

Inflection: Infinitive, Present Tense, Middle or Passive Voice

Synonyms: ΤΗΡΕΩ, ΦΥΛΑΣΣΩ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ

Etymology: The word ἀποκεῖμαι is derived from the prefix ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and the verb κεῖμαι (keimai), meaning 'to lie' or 'to be placed'. It signifies the action of being laid away or reserved.

G3752

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb

Sounds like: OH-tan

Translations: when, whenever, as often as, at the time that

Notes: This word is a conjunction or adverb used to introduce a temporal clause, indicating a point in time or a condition. It means 'when' or 'whenever,' suggesting that something happens at a specific moment or repeatedly under certain circumstances. It is often followed by the subjunctive mood in Koine Greek.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΟΤΕ, ΗΝΙΚΑ

Etymology: From the conjunction ὅτε (hote, 'when') and the particle ἄν (an, indicating potential or contingency).

G1189, G1162

Part of Speech: Verb, Noun

Sounds like: deh

Translations: to beg, to pray, to entreat, to ask, a prayer, an entreaty, a petition

Notes: This word is a stem that appears in various forms of the verb 'to beg' or 'to pray' (ΔΕΟΜΑΙ) and the noun 'prayer' or 'petition' (ΔΕΗΣΙΣ). As a verb, it describes the act of making a request or supplication, often to a higher power or authority. As a noun, it refers to the act of prayer or the specific request itself. It is commonly used in contexts of earnest appeal or humble petition.

Inflection: This is a stem that forms parts of various inflections. For the verb ΔΕΟΜΑΙ, it can be found in forms like the aorist passive (e.g., ἐδεήθην, δεηθῆναι, δεηθείς). For the noun ΔΕΗΣΙΣ, it is the root of the word, which inflects for case and number (e.g., nominative singular δεήσις, genitive singular δεήσεως).

Synonyms: ΑΙΤΕΩ, ΠΡΟΣΕΥΧΗ, ΙΚΕΤΕΙΑ

G3440

Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective

Sounds like: MO-non

Translations: only, alone, merely, a single, a solitary

Notes: This word can function as an adverb meaning 'only' or 'merely', indicating exclusivity or limitation. It can also be the neuter singular form of the adjective 'ΜΟΝΟΣ', meaning 'alone' or 'solitary', describing something as being by itself or unique. In its adverbial use, it often modifies verbs or clauses to emphasize that something is done exclusively or that a condition applies solely to one thing.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative (as adjective); Does not inflect (as adverb)

Synonyms: ΜΟΝΩΣ, ΜΟΝΟΓΕΝΗΣ

G0749

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: AR-khee-eh-REFS

Translations: high priest, a high priest

Notes: This is a compound word formed from 'ἀρχή' (arche), meaning 'first' or 'chief', and 'ἱερεύς' (hiereus), meaning 'priest'. It refers to the chief priest, the highest religious official in ancient Israel, responsible for leading the temple worship and performing the most sacred rituals. It can also refer to a chief priest in a more general sense. It is used in sentences to denote the specific individual holding this esteemed religious office.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Etymology: The word ἈΡΧΙΕΡΕΥΣ is a compound of two Greek words: ἀρχή (archē), meaning 'beginning, rule, chief', and ἱερεύς (hiereus), meaning 'priest'. It literally means 'chief priest' or 'first priest'.

G0291

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: am-fee-EN-noo-tai

Translations: is clothed, is dressed, is arrayed

Notes: This word means to clothe, dress, or array oneself or someone else. It is used to describe the act of putting on garments or being adorned with clothing. It can be used in a literal sense for physical clothing or metaphorically for being covered or invested with something.

Inflection: Present, Indicative, Middle/Passive, Third Person Singular

Synonyms: ΕΝΔΥΩ, ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΩ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek ἀμφιέννυμι (amphiennymi), from ἀμφί (amphi, “around”) + ἕννυμι (hennymi, “to clothe”).

G1565

Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective

Sounds like: eh-KAY-noo

Translations: of that, of that one, of him, of it, that one's, his

Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the demonstrative pronoun/adjective 'ἘΚΕΙΝΟΣ', meaning 'that' or 'that one'. In the genitive case, it indicates possession or origin, translating to 'of that', 'of that one', 'of him', or 'of it'. It can refer to a person or thing previously mentioned or understood from context, distinguishing it from something closer or more immediate.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Etymology: The word 'ἘΚΕΙΝΟΣ' is derived from the demonstrative particle 'ἘΚΕῖ' (there), indicating distance. It points to something or someone far off or distinct from the speaker and listener.

G4514

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: roh-MAI-oys

Translations: (to) Romans, (to) the Romans

Notes: This word refers to the people of Rome or the Roman Empire. It is used to indicate a group of people who are Romans, often in the context of their nationality or political affiliation. In this inflected form, it indicates the indirect object of an action, meaning 'to the Romans' or 'for the Romans'.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine

Etymology: From Ρώμη (Rhōmē), meaning 'Rome', referring to the city and empire. The suffix -αιος (-aios) is used to form adjectives or nouns denoting origin or belonging.

G3360

Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb, Conjunction

Sounds like: MEKH-ree

Translations: until, up to, as far as, even to, while, during

Notes: This word indicates a point in time or space that is reached, meaning 'until' or 'up to'. As a preposition, it takes the genitive case and specifies the limit of an action or state. As an adverb, it can modify verbs or clauses, indicating duration or extent. As a conjunction, it introduces a temporal clause, meaning 'while' or 'until'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΩΣ, ΑΧΡΙ

Etymology: From an assumed base *mekh-, perhaps related to μέγας (megas, “great”) or μήκος (mēkos, “length”). It denotes a limit or extent.

G2541

Part of Speech: Proper Noun

Sounds like: KAI-sar-os

Translations: of Caesar

Notes: This is the genitive singular form of the proper noun 'Caesar'. It refers to the Roman emperor, or more generally, the imperial authority. In the New Testament, it often refers to the reigning emperor, such as Augustus or Tiberius, or the office itself.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine

Etymology: From Latin 'Caesar', originally a Roman family name, which became a title for the Roman emperors after Julius Caesar. The name's ultimate origin is uncertain, possibly from 'caesaries' (hair) or 'caesus' (cut).

G2232

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: hay-geh-MOHN

Translations: ruler, a ruler, governor, a governor, leader, a leader, chief, a chief, commander, a commander, prince, a prince

Notes: This word refers to a leader, ruler, or governor. It can denote someone in a position of authority, such as a provincial governor appointed by a higher power, or a general leading an army. It can also refer to someone who guides or leads in a more general sense, like a chief or a guide.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ

Etymology: From the Greek verb ἄγω (agō), meaning 'to lead' or 'to guide'. The suffix -μων (-mōn) indicates an agent or instrument, thus 'one who leads'.

G1927

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ep-ee-day-MAY-sas

Translations: having come to a people, having come to a country, having come to a city, having sojourned, having resided, having visited

Notes: This word describes someone who has come to a particular place, such as a city or country, and is residing there temporarily, or has visited it. It implies a stay among the local population, often for a specific purpose or for a period of time, rather than just passing through.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Masculine, Nominative, Singular

Synonyms: ΠΑΡΟΙΚΕΩ, ΠΑΡΕΠΙΔΗΜΕΩ

Etymology: The word ἐπιδημέω (epidēmeō) is a compound word formed from the preposition ἐπί (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'among', and the noun δῆμος (dēmos), meaning 'people' or 'country'. It literally means 'to be among the people' or 'to be in one's own country'.

G2414

Part of Speech: Proper Noun

Sounds like: hee-eh-ro-so-LY-moys

Translations: (to) Jerusalem, (in) Jerusalem, (at) Jerusalem

Notes: This word refers to the city of Jerusalem, a significant city in ancient Israel and a central location in many biblical narratives. It is used here in the dative case, indicating location or direction, such as 'in Jerusalem' or 'to Jerusalem'.

Inflection: Dative, Plural

Etymology: The name 'Jerusalem' is of Hebrew origin, meaning 'foundation of peace' or 'city of peace'. It is a compound word derived from 'yara' (to found, to lay a cornerstone) and 'shalom' (peace).

G1209

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: deh-KSAH-meh-noo

Translations: receiving, having received, accepting, having accepted, welcoming, having welcomed, taking, having taken

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'dechomai', meaning 'to receive' or 'to accept'. It describes an action that has already occurred or is ongoing, indicating someone who is in the state of having received or accepted something. It can be used to describe someone who has welcomed a person or taken something into their possession.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Participle, Masculine, Singular, Genitive

Synonyms: ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΥΠΟΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΟΣΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ

Etymology: The word 'dechomai' comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to take' or 'to receive'. It is related to other Greek words that convey the idea of taking or holding.

G4128

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: PLAY-thooss

Translations: of a multitude, of a crowd, of a great number, of a throng, of a quantity, of a great amount, of a fullness, of a great company

Notes: This word refers to a large number or quantity of people or things, a multitude, or a crowd. It can also denote a great amount or fullness. It is used to describe a large gathering of people or a significant quantity of something.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Neuter

Synonyms: ΟΧΛΟΣ, ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΠΛΗΡΩΜΑ

Etymology: From the root *pleth-, related to the idea of being full or abundant. It is connected to the Proto-Indo-European root *pleh₁- meaning 'to fill'.

G2986

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: lam-PRO-ta-ta

Translations: most brightly, most splendidly, most gloriously, most brilliantly

Notes: This word is a superlative adverb, meaning 'most brightly' or 'most splendidly'. It describes an action or state as being at its highest degree of brightness, glory, or brilliance. It is used to emphasize the intensity of light, splendor, or renown.

Inflection: Superlative, Adverb

Synonyms: ΕΝΔΟΞΟΤΑΤΑ, ΦΑΝΟΤΑΤΑ

Etymology: The word ΛΑΜΠΡΟΣ (lampros) comes from the verb λάμπω (lampō), meaning 'to shine' or 'to be bright'. The adverbial form ΛΑΜΠΡΟΤΑΤΑ is derived from the superlative adjective λαμπρότατος (lamprotatos).

G3849

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: PAH-noo

Translations: very, exceedingly, altogether, quite, entirely, completely

Notes: This word is an adverb used to intensify the meaning of an adjective or another adverb. It conveys a sense of completeness or high degree, similar to 'very' or 'exceedingly' in English. It can be used to emphasize the extent or quality of something.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΛΙΑΝ, ΣΦΟΔΡΑ, ΜΑΛΑ

Etymology: From the root ΠΑΣ (PAS), meaning 'all' or 'every'. It developed into an adverb indicating 'altogether' or 'completely'.

G2309

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: THEH-lohn

Translations: wanting, willing, desiring, intending, wishing, choosing, purposing

Notes: This word is a present active participle derived from the verb 'θέλω' (thelo), meaning 'to want' or 'to will'. It describes someone who is in the process of wanting, willing, or desiring something. It can function adjectivally, modifying a noun, or adverbially, indicating the manner or reason for an action. For example, it could mean 'he who wants' or 'while wanting'.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative, Singular, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΒΟΥΛΟΜΑΙ, ΕΠΙΘΥΜΩ

Etymology: The word θέλω (thelo) comes from Proto-Indo-European, related to concepts of 'will' or 'desire'.

G2110

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: yoo-poy-EE-as

Translations: of beneficence, of kindness, of good deed, of good work, of a good deed, of a good work

Notes: This word refers to the act of doing good, beneficence, or a good deed. It describes an action that is kind, helpful, or beneficial to others. It is used in a possessive or descriptive sense, indicating something belonging to or related to a good deed or kindness.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΑΓΑΘΟΕΡΓΙΑ, ΕΥΕΡΓΕΣΙΑ

Etymology: The word Εὐποιΐα (eupoiía) is a compound word derived from two Greek elements: εὖ (eu), meaning 'well' or 'good', and ποιέω (poieō), meaning 'to do' or 'to make'. Thus, it literally means 'well-doing' or 'good-making'.

G0272

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-MEIP-sas-thai

Translations: to requite, to repay, to exchange, to return, to answer

Notes: This verb means to give something in return, to repay a kindness or a wrong, or to exchange one thing for another. It can also mean to answer someone. It is often used in contexts of reciprocity or compensation.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΑΠΟΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΑΝΤΑΠΟΔΙΔΩΜΙ

Etymology: From ἀμείβω (ameibō), meaning 'to change, exchange, requite'. Its origin is uncertain, but it is an ancient Greek verb.

G1893

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Adverb

Sounds like: eh-PEI

Translations: since, because, for, when, after, inasmuch as

Notes: This word functions as a conjunction or adverb, introducing a clause that provides a reason, cause, or time. As a conjunction, it can mean 'since' or 'because' when indicating a cause, or 'when' or 'after' when indicating time. As an adverb, it can mean 'for' or 'inasmuch as'. It often introduces a dependent clause that explains the main clause.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΔΙΟΤΙ, ΚΑΘΟΤΙ, ΕΠΕΙΔΗ

Etymology: From the preposition ἐπί (epi, 'upon, on') and the particle εἰ (ei, 'if'). It originally meant 'upon the condition that' or 'when'.

G3870

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: par-ek-AL-eh-san

Translations: they called to, they exhorted, they encouraged, they comforted, they appealed to, they pleaded with, they invited

Notes: This word is a verb in the aorist active indicative, third person plural. It describes an action completed in the past by a group of people. The verb 'παρακαλέω' generally means to call someone to one's side, and from that, it can take on various meanings depending on the context, such as to exhort, encourage, comfort, appeal to, or invite. It often implies a strong request or a supportive action.

Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person, Plural

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΤΡΕΠΩ, ΠΑΡΑΜΥΘΕΟΜΑΙ, ΠΡΟΣΚΑΛΕΩ

G1849

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ex-oo-SEE-an

Translations: authority, power, right, a right, jurisdiction, a jurisdiction, liberty, a liberty

Notes: This word refers to the right or power to do something, often implying delegated authority or freedom to act. It can describe official power, the ability to act, or even the freedom to choose.

Inflection: Singular, Feminine, Accusative

Synonyms: ΔΥΝΑΜΙΣ, ΚΡΑΤΟΣ, ΙΣΧΥΣ

Etymology: From the Greek verb ἔξεστι (exesti), meaning 'it is lawful' or 'it is permitted'. It denotes the state of being free to act, hence authority or power.

G2532, G1565

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Pronoun

Sounds like: kah-keh-EE-nos

Translations: and that one, and he, and she, and it, and those, and they

Notes: This is a compound word formed from the conjunction 'καί' (and) and the demonstrative pronoun 'ἐκεῖνος' (that one, he, she, it). It means 'and that one' or 'and he/she/it', often used to refer back to a previously mentioned person or thing, or to introduce another person or thing in a similar context. It functions as a pronoun with an added conjunctive sense.

Inflection: Singular or Plural, Nominative, Masculine

G2010

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-peh-TREP-sen

Translations: he permitted, he allowed, he gave permission, he entrusted

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to permit,' 'to allow,' or 'to give permission.' It can also mean 'to entrust' or 'to commit something to someone.' It is often used to describe an action where authority or consent is given for something to happen. It is a compound word formed from the preposition 'ἘΠΙ' (upon, over) and the verb 'ΤΡΕΠΩ' (to turn).

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Aorist Indicative Active

Synonyms: ἈΦΙΗΜΙ, ΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ἘΑΩ

G1849

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: eks-oo-SEE-ah

Translations: authority, power, right, a right, jurisdiction, control

Notes: This word refers to the right or power to act, often implying delegated authority or freedom to choose. It can denote official power, jurisdiction, or the ability to do something. It is frequently used in contexts of governance, legal rights, or spiritual power.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΥΝΑΜΙΣ, ΚΡΑΤΟΣ, ΑΡΧΗ

Etymology: From the Greek preposition ἐκ (ek, "out of") and the verb ἔστι (esti, "it is"), implying the ability or right that comes "out of being" or "from what is possible."

G4749

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: sto-LEES

Translations: of a robe, of a garment, of a long garment, of a dress

Notes: This word refers to a long, flowing garment or robe, often worn as a mark of dignity or status. It can also generally mean clothing or attire. In the provided context, it appears to be a misspelling or a variant of 'ἐπιστολῆς' (epistolēs), which means 'of a letter' or 'of an epistle'. Given the example usage, 'ἐπιστολῆς' is the intended word, referring to a written communication.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΕΝΔΥΜΑ, ΙΜΑΤΙΟΝ, ΧΙΤΩΝ

G3360

Part of Speech: Preposition, Conjunction, Adverb

Sounds like: MEKH-rees

Translations: until, up to, as far as, while, even to

Notes: This word indicates a point in time or space that serves as a limit or boundary. As a preposition, it means 'until' or 'up to' a certain point or place. As a conjunction, it means 'until' or 'while' a certain event occurs. As an adverb, it can mean 'even to' or 'as far as'. It often takes the genitive case when used as a preposition, but can also be followed by a clause.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΩΣ, ΑΧΡΙ

Etymology: The origin of this word is uncertain, but it is thought to be related to the Greek word 'μέχρι' (mechri), which also means 'until' or 'up to'. The '-ς' ending is an adverbial suffix.

G0067

Part of Speech: Proper Noun

Sounds like: ah-GRIP-pahs

Translations: Agrippa

Notes: Agrippa is a Roman personal name, often associated with members of the Herodian dynasty who ruled over parts of Judea. It refers to several historical figures, most notably Herod Agrippa I and Herod Agrippa II, both of whom are mentioned in the New Testament. The name signifies a person of Roman origin or influence.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Etymology: The name Agrippa is of Latin origin, derived from 'Agrippa', a Roman cognomen. It was traditionally given to children born feet first (breech birth).

Part of Speech: Proper Noun

Sounds like: long-GHEE-nos

Translations: Longinus

Notes: This word refers to 'Longinus', a Roman cognomen or surname. It was a common name in the Roman world and appears in various historical contexts, including the New Testament (though not as a named individual, but a tradition associated with the centurion at the crucifixion). It is used to identify a specific person.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Etymology: The name Longinus is of Latin origin, derived from the Latin cognomen 'Longinus', which itself comes from 'longus' meaning 'long'.

G2012

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: eh-pee-TROH-poss

Translations: steward, a steward, guardian, a guardian, manager, a manager, administrator, an administrator, tutor, a tutor, agent, an agent, procurator, a procurator

Notes: This word refers to a person entrusted with the management of a household, property, or affairs, often on behalf of another. It can denote a steward, a guardian, or an administrator. In some contexts, it refers to a tutor or a procurator, someone who acts as an agent or representative. It is a compound word formed from 'ἐπί' (upon, over) and 'τροπός' (a turn, way, manner, from 'τρέπω' meaning to turn).

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΝΟΜΟΣ, ΔΙΑΚΟΝΟΣ, ΕΠΙΜΕΛΗΤΗΣ

Etymology: The word ἘΠΙΤΡΟΠΟΣ is derived from the Greek preposition ἐπί (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'over', and the noun τροπός (tropos), meaning 'a turn' or 'way', which itself comes from the verb τρέπω (trepo), meaning 'to turn'. Thus, it literally refers to one who 'turns over' or 'manages' affairs.

G2698

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tah-THES-thai

Translations: to lay down, to put down, to deposit, to place, to store, to entrust

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition κατά (kata, meaning 'down' or 'against') and the verb τίθημι (tithēmi, meaning 'to place' or 'to put'). It generally means to lay something down, to put it in a specific place, or to deposit it. In a financial or legal context, it can mean to deposit money or to entrust something to someone. It can also be used metaphorically, such as to lay down one's life.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΑΠΟΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΕΝΤΙΘΗΜΙ

G1163

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: DEIN

Translations: to be necessary, to be needful, to be proper, to be right, to be fitting, to be binding, to be obligatory, to be due, to be destined, to be fated, to be required, to be compelled, to be obliged, to need, to have to, must, ought

Notes: This is the present active infinitive form of the impersonal verb 'ΔΕΙ'. It means 'to be necessary' or 'it is necessary'. It is often used to express obligation, necessity, or what is proper or destined to happen. It typically takes an infinitive as its subject, indicating what must or ought to be done.

Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΧΡΗ, ΑΝΑΓΚΗ ΕΣΤΙΝ

G2531

Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction

Sounds like: KAH-thohss

Translations: just as, even as, according as, as, exactly as, in proportion as, like, according to, inasmuch as

Notes: This is a compound word formed from the preposition κατά (kata, meaning 'down' or 'according to') and the adverb ὡς (hōs, meaning 'as' or 'how'). It functions as an adverb or conjunction, primarily used to introduce a comparison, indicating that something is done or happens in the same way as something else. It can also express correspondence or proportion, meaning 'inasmuch as' or 'to the extent that'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΩΣ, ΚΑΘΑ

Etymology: From the Greek preposition κατά (kata, 'down, according to') and the adverb ὡς (hōs, 'as, how').

G2453

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ee-oo-DAH-ee-oy

Translations: Jews, the Jews

Notes: This word refers to the Jewish people, the inhabitants of Judea, or those who are ethnically or religiously Jewish. It is often used in the New Testament to distinguish the Jewish people from Gentiles (non-Jews).

Inflection: Plural, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΕΒΡΑΙΟΙ, ΙΣΡΑΗΛΙΤΑΙ

Etymology: The word originates from the Hebrew word 'Yehudi' (יהודי), meaning 'of Judah' or 'from the land of Judah'. It refers to the descendants of Judah, one of the twelve sons of Jacob, and later to the inhabitants of the kingdom of Judah.

G3870

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: pah-rah-kah-leh-SON-tas

Translations: those who will call alongside, those who will exhort, those who will comfort, those who will appeal to, those who will entreat

Notes: This word is a future active participle, indicating an action that will happen in the future. It is derived from the verb 'παρακαλέω', which means 'to call alongside', 'to exhort', 'to comfort', 'to appeal to', or 'to entreat'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or noun, describing someone who will perform the action of the verb. In this specific form, it refers to a group of masculine individuals who will be doing the calling alongside, exhorting, comforting, or appealing.

Inflection: Future, Active, Participle, Accusative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣΚΑΛΕΩ, ΠΑΡΑΜΥΘΕΟΜΑΙ, ΔΕΟΜΑΙ

Etymology: The word 'παρακαλέω' is a compound word formed from 'παρά' (para), meaning 'beside' or 'alongside', and 'καλέω' (kaleō), meaning 'to call'. Thus, its core meaning is 'to call alongside'.

G0305

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ah-nah-BAN-tone

Translations: of going up, of ascending, of coming up, of embarking, of rising, of climbing

Notes: This word is an aorist active participle, meaning 'of those who went up' or 'of those who ascended'. It describes an action that happened in the past and is completed, and it functions like an adjective, modifying a noun or pronoun in the genitive case. It can refer to physical ascent, such as going up a mountain or into a boat, or to a journey to a higher place, like Jerusalem.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Genitive, Plural, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΑΝΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΑΝΙΣΤΑΜΑΙ

G3501

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: neh-OH-teh-ross

Translations: younger, newest, youngest, newer

Notes: This word is the comparative and superlative form of the adjective 'ΝΕΟΣ' (neos), meaning 'new' or 'young'. As a comparative, it means 'younger' or 'newer'. As a superlative, it means 'youngest' or 'newest'. It is used to describe someone or something that is more recent in age or time compared to others, or the most recent among a group.

Inflection: Singular or Plural, Nominative, Genitive, Dative, or Accusative, Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter, Comparative or Superlative

Synonyms: ΝΕΟΣ, ΠΡΩΤΟΣ

G4516

Part of Speech: Proper Noun, Noun

Sounds like: ROH-may

Translations: Rome, strength, power, might, a strength, a power, a might

Notes: This word can refer to the city of Rome, the capital of the Roman Empire. It can also mean 'strength,' 'power,' or 'might,' referring to physical or moral force. In the context of strength, it describes the inherent ability or vigor to accomplish something. It can be used to describe the strength of a person, an animal, or even a concept.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Dative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΥΝΑΜΙΣ, ΙΣΧΥΣ, ΚΡΑΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word ῥώμη (rhōmē) meaning 'strength' is of uncertain origin, possibly related to ῥώννυμι (rhōnnymi, 'to strengthen'). The city name 'Rome' (Ῥώμη) is thought to be derived from this word, implying 'the city of strength' or 'the strong city'.

G5177

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: TIN-khan-ohn

Translations: obtaining, happening, being, meeting, reaching, getting, attaining, falling upon, occurring, a happening, an obtaining

Notes: This word is a present active participle of the verb 'τυγχάνω'. It describes an action that is currently happening or ongoing. It can mean 'to obtain' or 'to happen,' and its specific meaning often depends on the context. It can also be used to describe someone 'being' in a certain state or 'meeting' someone or something.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular

Synonyms: ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ, ΕΧΩ, ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ

G0154

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: ai-tay-SAH-meh-nos

Translations: having asked, having requested, having demanded, having begged

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'αἰτέω', meaning 'to ask', 'to request', or 'to demand'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred. It indicates someone who has performed the action of asking or requesting. For example, it could be used in a phrase like 'the man having asked for bread'.

Inflection: Aorist, Middle Voice, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ἘΡΩΤΆΩ, ΔΈΟΜΑΙ, ΖΗΤΈΩ

G846

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ow-toh-KRAH-toh-ross

Translations: of an emperor, of a commander, of an autocrat, of a supreme ruler

Notes: This word refers to a supreme ruler, often an emperor or someone with absolute power. It is a compound word formed from 'αὐτός' (autos), meaning 'self', and 'κράτος' (kratos), meaning 'power' or 'rule', thus literally meaning 'self-ruler' or 'one who rules by himself'. It is used to describe someone who holds ultimate authority.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine

Synonyms: ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ, ΗΓΕΜΩΝ, ΔΥΝΑΣΤΗΣ

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: an-tee-strah-tay-GOH

Translations: to be a propraetor, to be a proconsul, to be a governor

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from 'ἀντί' (anti, meaning 'instead of' or 'in place of') and 'στρατηγός' (strategos, meaning 'general' or 'commander'). It refers to the act of holding the office of a propraetor or proconsul, which was a Roman provincial governor who acted in place of a consul or praetor. It describes the function of governing a province with military and administrative authority.

Inflection: First Person Singular, Present Active Indicative

Etymology: This word is a compound of the Greek preposition ἀντί (anti), meaning 'instead of' or 'against', and the verb στρατηγέω (strategéō), meaning 'to be a general' or 'to command an army'. It describes the role of someone acting in place of a higher military or civil authority.

G4973

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: sfra-GHEE-da

Translations: seal, a seal, signet, a signet, mark, a mark

Notes: This word refers to a seal or signet, often used to authenticate documents, mark ownership, or secure something. It could be an impression made by a signet ring or a device used to make such an impression. In a broader sense, it can signify a mark or a token of authenticity or possession.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΣΗΜΕΙΟΝ, ΤΥΠΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΣΦΡΑΓΙΣ (sphragis) is of uncertain origin, possibly pre-Greek or from an unknown root.

G0749

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ar-khee-eh-REH-ohs

Translations: (of) high priest, (of) chief priest

Notes: This is a compound noun, meaning 'high priest' or 'chief priest'. It refers to the principal priest, often the head of the priestly order, who held significant religious and sometimes political authority. It is used to indicate possession or origin, such as 'belonging to the high priest' or 'from the high priest'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine

Synonyms: ΙΕΡΕΥΣ, ΠΡΩΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word ἀρχιερεύς (archiereus) is a compound of ἀρχι- (archi-), meaning 'chief' or 'first', and ἱερεύς (hiereus), meaning 'priest'. It literally means 'chief priest'.

G305

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ah-nah-BAH-ee-non-tes

Translations: going up, ascending, climbing, rising, those who go up, those who ascend

Notes: This word is a present active participle, meaning 'going up' or 'ascending'. It describes an action that is currently happening or ongoing. It can be used to refer to people or things that are in the process of moving upwards, such as climbing a mountain, going up to a city, or rising from the dead. It often functions as an adjective or a noun, describing 'those who are going up'.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Plural, Nominative, Masculine or Feminine or Neuter

Synonyms: ἈΝΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ἈΝΙΣΤΑΜΑΙ

G2627

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tah-man-THA-non-tes

Translations: learning, observing, considering, understanding, perceiving, studying

Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from 'κατά' (kata), meaning 'down' or 'thoroughly', and 'μανθάνω' (manthanō), meaning 'to learn'. It signifies learning or observing something thoroughly, carefully, or with deep consideration. It implies a process of gaining full understanding or knowledge through close attention or study.

Inflection: Present Active Participle, Nominative or Accusative, Masculine or Neuter, Plural

Synonyms: ΜΑΝΘΑΝΩ, ΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ, ΕΠΙΓΙΝΩΣΚΩ

Etymology: The word καταμανθάνω (katamanthanō) is a compound of the preposition κατά (kata), meaning 'down' or 'thoroughly', and the verb μανθάνω (manthanō), meaning 'to learn'. The verb μανθάνω itself comes from an ancient Proto-Indo-European root related to mental activity and learning.

G2983

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-LAM-bah-non

Translations: they were taking, they used to take, they were receiving, they used to receive, they took, they received

Notes: This word is the imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'λαμβάνω' (lambanō), meaning 'to take' or 'to receive'. The imperfect tense describes an ongoing, repeated, or customary action in the past. So, 'ἘΛΑΜΒΑΝΟΝ' means 'they were taking' or 'they used to take', indicating an action that was happening continuously or habitually in the past.

Inflection: Imperfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Plural

Synonyms: ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΚΟΜΙΖΩ

G1534

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: EYE-tah

Translations: then, next, afterward, after that

Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'then' or 'next'. It indicates a sequence of events or actions, showing what happens immediately after something else. It is often used to introduce the next step in a narrative or a logical progression. The form ΕἸΤ' is an elided form of ΕἸΤΑ, where the final alpha has been dropped before a word starting with a vowel.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΠΕΙΤΑ, ΕΞΗΣ

Etymology: The word ΕἸΤΑ is derived from the demonstrative pronoun *e- (meaning 'that') combined with the adverbial suffix -ta, indicating sequence or time. It is related to other Greek words that denote order or succession.

G0861

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: OW-this

Translations: again, anew, back, once more, furthermore, on the other hand

Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'again' or 'anew'. It is used to indicate a repetition of an action or a return to a previous state or place. It can also be used to introduce a new point or a contrasting idea, similar to 'furthermore' or 'on the other hand'.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΠΑΛΙΝ, ἘΤΙ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek αὖθις (authis), meaning 'again', 'back again'. It is related to αὖ (au), meaning 'again', 'furthermore'.

G3928

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: par-el-THOO-sees

Translations: having passed, having gone by, having gone past, having elapsed, of having passed

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'parerchomai', meaning 'to pass by' or 'to go past'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that has already occurred. It often indicates that a period of time, an event, or a person has moved beyond a certain point.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΑΠΕΛΘΟΥΣΗΣ, ΔΙΕΛΘΟΥΣΗΣ

G2892

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: koh-MEE-san-tes

Translations: having carried, having brought, having received, having obtained

Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'κομίζω'. It describes an action that has been completed before the main verb's action. Depending on context, it can mean 'having carried' or 'having brought' something, or 'having received' or 'having obtained' something for oneself. It functions like an adjective, modifying a noun or pronoun, and indicates the subject has performed the action of carrying, bringing, receiving, or obtaining.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Masculine, Nominative, Plural

Synonyms: ΦΕΡΩ, ΑΓΩ, ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: froo-RAR-khoh

Translations: to command a garrison, to be a garrison commander, to be in charge of a guard, to guard, to keep watch

Notes: This verb means to command a garrison or to be in charge of a guard. It describes the action of a military commander or official who oversees a fortified place or a group of guards. It is a compound word formed from 'φρουρά' (phroura), meaning 'guard' or 'garrison', and 'ἄρχω' (archo), meaning 'to rule' or 'to command'.

Inflection: Present, Active, Indicative, First Person Singular

Synonyms: ΑΡΧΩ, ΗΓΕΟΜΑΙ, ΚΥΒΕΡΝΑΩ

Etymology: The word ΦΡΟΥΡΑΡΧΩ is derived from the noun ΦΡΟΥΡΑΡΧΟΣ (phrourarchos), meaning 'garrison commander'. This noun itself is a compound of ΦΡΟΥΡΑ (phroura), meaning 'guard, garrison', and ΑΡΧΟΣ (archos), meaning 'ruler, commander'.

G1166

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: DEEK-san-tes

Translations: having shown, having pointed out, having displayed, having made known

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to show' or 'to point out'. It describes an action that has been completed by the subject, indicating that they have performed the act of showing or revealing something. It functions like an adjective, modifying a noun or pronoun, and can be translated as 'having shown' or 'those who showed'.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΦΑΝΕΡΟΩ, ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΠΤΩ, ΕΝΔΕΙΚΝΥΜΙ

G4859

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: soom-FOH-non

Translations: agreeing, harmonious, in agreement, a symphony, a musical instrument

Notes: This word is a compound word derived from 'σύν' (together with) and 'φωνή' (sound, voice). As an adjective, it describes something that is in agreement, harmonious, or consistent. It can also be used as a noun to refer to a musical instrument or a symphony, implying a harmonious combination of sounds. It describes things that are in accord or agreement.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΟΜΟΦΩΝΟΣ, ΟΜΟΓΝΩΜΩΝ, ΟΜΟΛΟΓΟΣ

G2602

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-teh-TITH-en-toh

Translations: they were laying down, they were depositing, they were placing, they were putting down, they were storing up

Notes: This word is the imperfect middle/passive indicative third person plural of the verb 'κατατίθημι' (katatithēmi). It is a compound verb formed from 'κατά' (kata), meaning 'down' or 'against', and 'τίθημι' (tithēmi), meaning 'to put' or 'to place'. Thus, it generally means 'to lay down', 'to deposit', 'to place down', or 'to store up'. It describes an ongoing action in the past where a group of people were putting something down, often for their own benefit (middle voice) or having something put down for them (passive voice).

Inflection: Imperfect, Middle or Passive Voice, Indicative Mood, 3rd Person Plural

Synonyms: ΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΑΠΟΤΙΘΗΜΙ, ΚΑΤΑΘΕΩ

Etymology: The verb ΚΑΤΑΤΙΘΗΜΙ is a compound of the preposition ΚΑΤΑ (kata), meaning 'down' or 'against', and the verb ΤΙΘΗΜΙ (tithēmi), meaning 'to put' or 'to place'. ΤΙΘΗΜΙ itself comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to put' or 'to place'.

G3804

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: pa-THOOS

Translations: (of) suffering, (of) passion, (of) feeling, (of) emotion, (of) experience, (of) calamity

Notes: This word refers to a state of suffering, an intense emotion, or a strong feeling. It can also denote an experience or a calamity. It is often used in contexts describing physical or emotional pain, or strong desires and affections. In a sentence, it would typically follow a preposition or another noun that indicates possession or relation, such as 'the intensity of suffering' or 'the nature of passion'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Neuter

Synonyms: ΑΛΓΟΣ, ΚΑΚΟΠΑΘΕΙΑ, ΠΟΝΟΣ

G1910

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: eh-pee-soom-beh-bee-KO-tohn

Translations: of things that have happened, of incidents, of circumstances, of occurrences, of events

Notes: This word is a compound participle derived from the verb 'episymbainō', meaning 'to happen in addition', 'to occur', or 'to befall'. As a participle, it describes something that is happening or has happened. In this genitive plural form, it refers to 'of those things which have happened' or 'of the accompanying circumstances/events'. It is used to describe things that occur alongside or in addition to something else.

Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter, Perfect, Active

Synonyms: ΓΕΓΟΝΟΤΩΝ, ΣΥΜΒΕΒΗΚΟΤΩΝ, ΠΡΑΓΜΑΤΩΝ

G3858

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: pa-reh-dee-LOH-thee

Translations: it was made clear, it was shown, it was indicated, it was revealed, it was declared

Notes: This word is the third person singular, aorist passive indicative form of the verb παραδηλόω (paradeloo). It means 'it was made clear' or 'it was shown'. It describes an action that was completed in the past, where something was revealed or indicated by an external agent, rather than the subject itself performing the action. The prefix 'παρα-' can add a nuance of 'alongside' or 'by means of', suggesting that something was made clear incidentally or by implication.

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Aorist, Passive, Indicative

Synonyms: ΕΔΗΛΩΘΗ, ΕΦΑΝΕΡΩΘΗ, ΕΔΕΙΧΘΗ

Etymology: The word παραδηλόω (paradeloo) is a compound verb formed from the preposition παρά (para), meaning 'beside, by, from', and the verb δηλόω (deloo), meaning 'to make clear, show'.

G3735

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: okh-yoo-roh-TEH-ran

Translations: more secure, more fortified, more strong, more firm, more stable

Notes: This word is a comparative adjective meaning 'more secure' or 'more fortified'. It describes something that is stronger or more difficult to overcome than something else. It is often used to describe places, structures, or positions that are made more defensible.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine, Comparative

Synonyms: ΑΣΦΑΛΕΣΤΕΡΑΝ, ΒΕΒΑΙΟΤΕΡΑΝ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek ὀχυρός (ochyrós), meaning 'firm, strong, secure', which is related to ἔχω (échō, 'to have, hold').

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: kah-tah-skay-oo-AH-sas

Translations: having prepared, having built, having made ready, having constructed, having furnished

Notes: This word is an aorist active participle derived from the verb 'κατασκευάζω'. It describes an action that was completed in the past by the subject of the verb. It often functions like an adjective or adverb, modifying a noun or describing the circumstances of an action.

Inflection: Aorist Active Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΗΣΑΣ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΣΑΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of 'κατά' (kata), meaning 'down' or 'according to', and 'σκευάζω' (skeuazō), meaning 'to prepare' or 'to make ready'. The combination suggests a thorough or complete preparation or construction.

G0803

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: as-fah-LEH-yah

Translations: safety, security, certainty, assurance, a safety, a security, a certainty, an assurance

Notes: This word refers to a state of being safe, secure, or free from danger. It can also denote certainty or assurance, indicating a firm conviction or reliable knowledge. It is often used in contexts where protection, stability, or trustworthiness is emphasized.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΑΣΦΑΛΗΣ, ΒΕΒΑΙΟΤΗΣ, ΠΕΠΟΙΘΗΣΙΣ

Etymology: From the Greek adjective ἀσφαλής (asphalēs), meaning 'safe, secure, firm', which is derived from ἀ- (a-, 'not') and σφάλλω (sphallō, 'to cause to fall, to stumble'). Thus, it literally means 'that which cannot be overthrown or caused to fall'.

G5438

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: foo-LAH-kay

Translations: guard, a guard, prison, a prison, watch, a watch, custody, a custody, keeping, a keeping

Notes: This word refers to a guard, a place of confinement like a prison, or the act of guarding or keeping. It can also denote a watch or a period of time during which a watch is kept, such as a night watch. It is used to describe both the person who guards and the place or action of guarding.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΕΣΜΩΤΗΡΙΟΝ, ΤΗΡΗΣΙΣ, ΦΡΟΥΡΑ

Etymology: From the verb φυλάσσω (phylassō), meaning 'to guard, watch, or preserve'.

G5483

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: kha-ri-ZOH-meh-nos

Translations: granting, giving freely, showing favor, forgiving, bestowing, pardoning

Notes: This word is a present participle, active voice, middle/passive form, derived from the verb 'χαρίζω'. It describes the action of granting something as a favor, giving freely, showing kindness or favor, or forgiving. It implies an act of grace or benevolence. It can be used to describe someone who is in the act of granting or forgiving.

Inflection: Present, Participle, Middle/Passive, Nominative, Singular, Masculine

Synonyms: ΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΑΠΟΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΑΦΙΗΜΙ

Etymology: From 'χάρις' (charis), meaning 'grace' or 'favor'. The verb 'χαρίζω' means 'to show favor' or 'to do something agreeable'.

G0758

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: AR-khon-tee

Translations: to a ruler, to the ruler, to a chief, to the chief, to a leader, to the leader, to a prince, to the prince, to a magistrate, to the magistrate

Notes: This word refers to a ruler, chief, leader, prince, or magistrate. It is used in the dative case, indicating the indirect object of an action, often translated with 'to' or 'for' someone. It signifies a person in a position of authority or power.

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΗΓΕΜΩΝ, ΚΥΡΙΟΣ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ

Etymology: The word ἈΡΧΩΝ comes from the verb ἄρχω (archo), meaning 'to rule' or 'to begin'. It refers to one who rules or is first in rank.

G1659

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ess-PEH-ree-oys

Translations: to/for/in/at western, to/for/in/at evening, to/for/in/at occidental

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'western' or 'of the evening'. It describes something located in the west or occurring in the evening. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, indicating its direction or time. In this inflected form, it would typically be used with a preposition or to indicate the indirect object of an action, referring to multiple entities.

Inflection: Dative, Plural, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΔΥΤΙΚΟΣ, ΕΣΠΕΡΙΝΟΣ

G4439

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: PY-lai

Translations: gates, a gate

Notes: This word refers to a gate, typically a large entrance to a city, fortress, or building. In its plural form, it often refers to the collective gates of a city. It can be used literally for physical gates or metaphorically to represent access, power, or authority.

Inflection: Plural, Nominative or Vocative; or Singular, Genitive or Dative

Synonyms: ΘΥΡΑ, ΠΥΛΩΝ

Etymology: From an uncertain root, possibly related to the verb 'πελάζω' (pelazo), meaning 'to approach' or 'to bring near', suggesting a place of entry.

G2186

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-fes-TAH-san

Translations: they stood over, they stood by, they stood upon, they were present, they appeared, they came upon, they set over

Notes: This word is the 3rd person plural aorist active indicative form of the verb 'ἐφίστημι' (ephistēmi). It means 'to stand over,' 'to stand by,' 'to be present,' 'to appear,' or 'to come upon.' It can also mean 'to set over' or 'to appoint.' It describes an action of standing or appearing in a particular place or position, often with a sense of suddenness or presence. For example, it could be used to describe people standing by a monument or appearing in a location.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Plural

Synonyms: ΠΑΡΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ΠΑΡΕΙΜΙ, ΕΠΙΣΤΑΤΕΩ

Etymology: The word 'ἐφίστημι' (ephistēmi) is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'ἐπί' (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'over,' and the verb 'ἵστημι' (histēmi), meaning 'to stand' or 'to cause to stand.' Thus, its core meaning relates to standing upon or over something.

G0932

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: bah-see-LEH-ah

Translations: kingdom, reign, royal power, a kingdom

Notes: This word refers to a kingdom, royal rule, or sovereignty. It can denote the territory ruled by a king, the act of reigning, or the abstract concept of kingship or royal authority. It is often used in the New Testament to refer to the 'kingdom of God' or 'kingdom of heaven'.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΟΝ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣΙΣ

Etymology: From the Greek word βασιλεύς (basileus), meaning 'king'. It refers to the domain or authority of a king.

G5141

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: TEE-noo-sah

Translations: stretching, extending, reaching, straining, exerting, aiming

Notes: This word is a present active participle, meaning 'stretching' or 'extending'. It describes an action that is ongoing or continuous. It can be used to describe someone or something that is reaching out, straining, or aiming towards something. For example, it could describe a person stretching out their hands, or a force extending its influence.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine, Present Active Participle

Synonyms: ΕΚΤΕΙΝΩ, ΠΡΟΤΕΙΝΩ, ΕΠΙΤΕΙΝΩ

G618

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ah-peh-leel-im-MEH-nays

Translations: (of) having been received, (of) having been taken back, (of) having been cut off, (of) having been isolated

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle derived from the verb ἀπολαμβάνω (apolambanō). It describes something that has been received, taken back, or, in some contexts, cut off or isolated. As a participle, it functions adjectivally, modifying a noun, or adverbially, describing the circumstances of an action.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine, Perfect, Passive

Synonyms: ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ

G4260

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: proh-as-TEI-on

Translations: suburb, a suburb, outlying district, precinct

Notes: This word refers to an area outside or in front of a city, often a residential district or a surrounding territory. It is a compound word formed from 'πρό' (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of', and 'ἄστυ' (astu), meaning 'city'. It describes the area immediately adjacent to a city, akin to a suburb or a city's environs.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΠΕΡΙΧΩΡΟΣ, ΠΡΟΠΟΛΙΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the preposition πρό (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of', and ἄστυ (astu), meaning 'city'. It literally means 'that which is before the city' or 'in front of the city'.

G4172

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: POH-lin

Translations: city, a city

Notes: The word 'πόλιν' is the accusative singular form of the noun 'πόλις', meaning 'city'. It refers to a populated place, typically larger than a village, with a defined administrative structure. As an accusative case, it functions as the direct object of a verb or the object of certain prepositions, indicating the destination or the object being acted upon. For example, one might 'go into the city' or 'see the city'.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Etymology: The word 'πόλις' comes from Proto-Indo-European, referring to a fortified place or citadel. It developed to mean a city-state in ancient Greece, encompassing both the physical settlement and its citizens.

Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective

Sounds like: dee-eh-ee-LEEL-lem-meh-nee

Translations: divided, separated, taken apart, apportioned, a divided one

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle derived from the verb 'διαλαμβάνω' (dialambanō). It describes something that has been divided, separated, or taken apart. It signifies a state of having undergone division or distribution, often implying a clear distinction or apportionment.

Inflection: Perfect Passive Participle, Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΙΑΚΕΚΡΙΜΕΝΗ, ΔΙΗΡΗΜΕΝΗ

G0473

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: an-TEE-kroos

Translations: opposite, directly opposite, over against, in front of, face to face

Notes: This word is an adverb meaning "opposite," "directly opposite," or "face to face." It is used to indicate a position or direction that is directly across from something or someone. It can also imply a direct confrontation or encounter.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ἈΠΕΝΑΝΤΙ, ΚΑΤΕΝΑΝΤΙ

Etymology: From ἀντί (anti, "against") and κρύπτω (kruptō, "to hide"), implying a position that is not hidden but directly visible or opposite.

G4172

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: POH-lis

Translations: city, a city, town, a town

Notes: The word 'polis' refers to a city or town, a populated center where people live and gather. In ancient contexts, it often implied a self-governing city-state, but in Koine Greek, it frequently refers simply to any significant urban settlement. It is used to denote the physical location and its inhabitants.

Inflection: Singular, Feminine, Nominative or Vocative

Synonyms: ΚΩΜΗ, ΧΩΡΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *pleh₁- (to fill) or *pel- (to build, to enclose). It refers to a fortified place or a populated area.

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: theh-ah-troh-ee-DEES

Translations: theater-like, resembling a theater, theatrical

Notes: This is a compound adjective meaning 'theater-like' or 'resembling a theater'. It describes something that has the form, appearance, or characteristics of a theater. It can be used to describe a place, a structure, or even a situation that evokes the sense of a theatrical setting.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Masculine or Feminine

Etymology: This word is a compound of ΘΕΑΤΡΟΝ (theatron), meaning 'a place for viewing, a theater', and -ΕΙΔΗΣ (-eides), a suffix meaning 'like, resembling', derived from ΕΙΔΟΣ (eidos), meaning 'form, shape, appearance'.

G5607

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: OO-sah

Translations: being, existing, that is, who is, a being, the one being

Notes: This word is the present active participle of the verb 'to be' (εἰμί). It describes something that is in a state of being or existence. It is used to qualify a noun, often translated as 'being', 'existing', or 'that is/who is'. In this form, it is feminine, singular, and can be either nominative or accusative, depending on its role in the sentence.

Inflection: Feminine, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ὙΠΑΡΧΟΥΣΑ, ΓΙΝΟΜΕΝΗ

G4023

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: peh-ree-eh-KHO-meh-nee

Translations: contained, enclosed, surrounded, comprehended, held, held fast, holding, encompassing, comprising, a contained thing, an enclosed thing

Notes: This word is a present middle/passive participle derived from the verb 'περιέχω' (periechō), meaning 'to contain' or 'to surround'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing something that is being contained, enclosed, or surrounded, or the act of containing/surrounding itself. It can refer to something that is held within limits or comprehended within a scope.

Inflection: Singular, Present, Middle or Passive Voice, Feminine, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΕΝΕΧΟΜΕΝΗ, ΚΡΑΤΟΥΜΕΝΗ

G5327

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: fah-rang-GEE

Translations: to a ravine, in a ravine, to a valley, in a valley, a ravine, a valley, ravine, valley, gorge

Notes: This word refers to a deep valley, gorge, or ravine. It is often used to describe a natural geographical feature, such as a wadi or a chasm. In the provided context, it appears in the dative case, indicating location ('in the ravine') or direction ('to the ravine').

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΧΑΡΑΔΡΑ, ΚΟΙΛΑΔΑ

Etymology: The word ΦΑΡΑΓΞ (pharagx) is of uncertain origin, possibly pre-Greek. It refers to a chasm or ravine.

G3571

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: NO-tee-on

Translations: southern, south, a southern (region/part)

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'southern' or 'of the south'. It is used to describe something located in or pertaining to the southern direction or region. For example, it could refer to a southern wind, a southern land, or the southern part of a structure.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Etymology: The word ΝΟΤΙΟΣ (notios) comes from ΝΟΤΟΣ (notos), which refers to the south wind or the south. Its origin is uncertain, but it is an ancient Greek term for the south.

G2824

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: KLEE-mah

Translations: clime, region, a region, climate, a climate

Notes: This word refers to a region or a clime, often implying a geographical area or a zone, particularly in terms of its climate or inclination. It can be used to describe a specific part of the world or a general area.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΧΩΡΑ, ΤΟΠΟΣ, ΓΗ

Etymology: From the Greek verb κλίνω (klino), meaning 'to lean, incline, slope'. It refers to a 'slope' or 'inclination' of the earth, which then came to denote a region or climate zone based on its angle relative to the sun.

G3359

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: MEH-toh-pon

Translations: forehead, a forehead

Notes: This word refers to the forehead, the part of the face above the eyes and below the hairline. It is commonly used in descriptions of the human body or in metaphorical contexts, such as describing a person's stubbornness or boldness.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Etymology: The word "μετωπον" (metōpon) is derived from the Greek preposition "μετά" (meta), meaning "after" or "behind," and "ωψ" (ōps), meaning "eye" or "face." It literally refers to the part of the face that is 'after' or 'behind' the eyes when viewed from the front.

G3313

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: meh-seem-BREE-an

Translations: south, noon, midday, a south wind

Notes: This word refers to the direction of the south or the time of midday/noon. It can also refer to the south wind. It is a compound word formed from 'μέσος' (middle) and 'ἡμέρα' (day), literally meaning 'middle of the day'. In the provided examples, it is used to indicate the direction 'south'.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΝΟΤΟΣ, ΜΕΣΟΝΥΚΤΙΟΝ

Etymology: The word ΜΕΣΗΜΒΡΙΑ (mesēmbria) is a compound of μέσος (mesos, "middle") and ἡμέρα (hēmera, "day"). It originally referred to midday or noon, and by extension, the direction of the sun at noon, which is south.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: EE-kheh

Translations: he had, she had, it had, he was having, she was having, it was having

Notes: This word is the third person singular imperfect active indicative form of the verb 'ἔχω' (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. It describes an ongoing or repeated action in the past, or a state of possession that existed in the past. For example, it could be used in a sentence like 'He had a house' or 'She was holding the book'.

Inflection: Third person, Singular, Imperfect, Active, Indicative

Synonyms: ΚΤΩΜΑΙ, ΚΕΚΤΗΜΑΙ

G0932

Part of Speech: Noun, Adjective

Sounds like: bah-see-LAY-on

Translations: kingdom, a kingdom, royal palace, a royal palace, royal power, reign, royal

Notes: This word primarily functions as a noun meaning 'kingdom,' 'royal palace,' or 'royal power/authority.' It can refer to a literal territory ruled by a king, the physical dwelling of a king, or the abstract concept of royal dominion. It can also be used as an adjective meaning 'royal' or 'kingly,' describing something belonging to or characteristic of a king. In the New Testament, it frequently refers to the 'kingdom of God' or 'kingdom of heaven.'

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative (when used as a noun); Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative (when used as an adjective)

Synonyms: ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΑ, ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ, ΕΞΟΥΣΙΑ

Etymology: From the Greek word βασιλεύς (basileus), meaning 'king.' The suffix -ιον (-ion) indicates a place or thing associated with the root.

G1330

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: dee-ee-OO-san

Translations: passing through, going through

Notes: This word is a present active participle, feminine, accusative, singular, derived from the verb 'διέρχομαι' (dierchomai), meaning 'to go through' or 'to pass through'. It describes an action of moving from one point to another, often implying a journey or passage. It would be used to describe a feminine subject that is in the process of passing through something, for example, 'the woman passing through the gate'.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine, Present Active Participle

Synonyms: ΔΙΑΒΑΙΝΟΥΣΑΝ, ΔΙΕΡΧΟΜΕΝΗΝ

G4397

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: pro-SOH-teh-roh

Translations: further, farther, more forward, onward

Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'further' or 'farther'. It is the comparative form of the adverb 'πρόσω' (prosō), which means 'forward' or 'onward'. It indicates a greater distance or advancement in space or time. For example, it can be used to say 'go further' or 'move farther along'.

Inflection: Comparative Adverb, Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΤΙ, ΠΕΡΑΙΤΕΡΩ

Etymology: The word is derived from the adverb 'πρόσω' (prosō), meaning 'forward' or 'onward', with the comparative suffix -τερω. 'Πρόσω' itself comes from the preposition 'πρός' (pros), meaning 'to, toward, with'.

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ax-ee-ah-fay-gay-TOH-tah-ton

Translations: most worthy of narration, most worthy of description, most remarkable, most notable

Notes: This is a compound adjective in the superlative degree, meaning 'most worthy of narration' or 'most worthy of description'. It is used to describe something that is extremely remarkable or notable, something that absolutely deserves to be told or recounted. It emphasizes the extraordinary nature of a subject, indicating it is of such significance that it must be narrated.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative, Superlative

Synonyms: ΘΑΥΜΑΣΤΟΣ, ΑΞΙΟΛΟΓΟΣ, ΕΚΠΛΗΚΤΙΚΟΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of ἈΞΙΟΣ (axios), meaning 'worthy', and ἈΦΗΓΕΟΜΑΙ (aphegeomai), meaning 'to narrate' or 'to describe'. The suffix -ΤΑΤΟΝ indicates the superlative degree, meaning 'most'.

G5259

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: OOF

Translations: under, by, with, from, at the hand of, by means of, through

Notes: This word is an elided form of the preposition 'ΥΠΟ' (hypo), meaning 'under' or 'by'. The final vowel of 'ΥΠΟ' is dropped when the following word begins with a vowel and a rough breathing mark. It indicates a position beneath something, or agency (by means of someone/something), or cause. It can also denote the instrument or agent by which something is done. It is a very common preposition in Koine Greek.

Inflection: Does not inflect; governs the genitive and accusative cases.

Etymology: The word 'ΥΠΟ' (hypo) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'under'. It is related to English words like 'hypodermic' and 'hypothermia'.

G2246

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: hay-LEE-oh

Translations: to the sun, for the sun, with the sun

Notes: This is the dative singular form of the noun 'sun'. It refers to the celestial body that gives light and heat to the Earth. In Koine Greek, the dative case often indicates the indirect object of a verb, the means by which something is done, or the time when something occurs (e.g., 'at sunrise').

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine

Etymology: The word 'ΗΛΙΟΣ' (helios) comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *seh₂wol-, meaning 'sun'. It is cognate with Latin 'sol' and English 'sun'.

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: MEH-gah-LOO

Translations: (of) great, (of) a great, (to) great, (to) a great, great things

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'great,' 'large,' 'big,' or 'mighty.' It is used to describe something of significant size, importance, or intensity. It can refer to physical size, but also to status, power, or quantity. For example, it might describe a great king, a large city, or a great amount of something.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter; or Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter; or Plural, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΙΣΧΥΡΟΣ

G1510

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ON-tos

Translations: (of) being, (of) existing, (of) a being, (of) an existing one

Notes: ὈΝΤΟΣ is the genitive singular present active participle of the verb 'to be'. It means 'being' or 'existing'. It is often used in genitive absolute constructions, which function like a subordinate clause, indicating time, cause, or circumstance, such as 'while it was being' or 'because it was being'.

Inflection: Present Active Participle, Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'to be' or 'to exist'.

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ah-na-LEEM-mah-tos

Translations: (of) support, (of) a support, (of) a buttress, (of) a retaining wall, (of) a foundation, (of) a structure

Notes: This word refers to a support, buttress, or retaining wall, often used in the context of construction or engineering to describe a structure built to hold back earth or provide stability. It can also refer more generally to a foundation or any supporting structure.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Neuter

Synonyms: ΕΡΕΙΣΜΑ, ΒΑΣΙΣ, ΘΕΜΕΛΙΟΝ

Etymology: The word ἀνάλημμα (analēmma) is derived from the verb ἀναλαμβάνω (analambanō), meaning 'to take up' or 'to receive'. It refers to something taken up or built up, hence a support or structure.

G3761

Part of Speech: Adverb, Conjunction

Sounds like: OOD

Translations: not, no, nor, neither, not even

Notes: This word is a negative particle used to express absolute negation. It is often used in combination with other negative words to strengthen the negation, such as in the phrase "οὐ μή" (ou mē), which conveys a strong, emphatic negation, often translated as "never" or "by no means." It can also function as a conjunction meaning "nor" or "neither," connecting two negative clauses or ideas.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΟΥ̓, ΜΗ

Etymology: From the negative particle οὐ (ou) and the particle δέ (de), meaning 'but' or 'and'. It emphasizes the negation.

G0417

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-NEK-too

Translations: tolerable, bearable, endurable, sufferable, of tolerable, of bearable

Notes: This word describes something that can be endured or tolerated. It is used to indicate that a situation, condition, or thing is not pleasant but can be borne without collapse or severe distress. It often implies a degree of difficulty or unpleasantness, but not to an unbearable extent.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΑΝΘΕΚΤΟΣ, ΥΠΟΦΟΡΟΣ

Etymology: From ἀνέχω (anechō, "to endure, hold up"), which is formed from ἀνά (ana, "up") and ἔχω (echō, "to have, hold").

G2596, G3708

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tee-DEIN

Translations: to look down, to behold, to perceive, to discern, to observe

Notes: This word is an aorist infinitive of the verb 'καθοράω' (kathoraō), meaning 'to look down upon' or 'to behold'. It implies a careful or thorough observation, often with the sense of perceiving or understanding something fully. It can be used in sentences where one is describing the act of seeing something from a higher vantage point, or discerning a truth.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΒΛΕΠΩ, ΟΡΑΩ, ΘΕΩΡΕΩ

Etymology: The word 'καθοράω' is a compound verb formed from the preposition 'κατά' (kata), meaning 'down' or 'against', and the verb 'ὁράω' (horaō), meaning 'to see' or 'to perceive'. The combination suggests looking down upon something or seeing something thoroughly.

G1500

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ice-KOOP-toy

Translations: to stoop, to look in, to bend down, to peer in

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition εἰς (eis), meaning 'into' or 'to', and the verb κύπτω (kyptō), meaning 'to stoop' or 'to bend'. It describes the action of bending down or stooping in order to look into something, often with a sense of careful or intense observation. It implies a physical movement to gain a better view of something inside or beyond an opening.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Optative, Present, Active

Synonyms: ΚΥΠΤΩ, ΠΑΡΑΚΥΠΤΩ, ΕΠΙΒΛΕΠΩ

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: pam-MEG-eh-thess

Translations: immense, exceedingly great, very large, enormous

Notes: This is a compound adjective formed from the Greek words 'πᾶν' (pan), meaning 'all' or 'every', and 'μέγεθος' (megethos), meaning 'greatness' or 'size'. It describes something that is of immense or exceedingly great size or magnitude. It can be used to emphasize the vastness or overwhelming nature of a noun it modifies.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΜΕΓΑΣ, ΠΟΛΥΣ, ΤΕΡΑΣΤΙΟΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the Greek prefix ΠΑΝ- (pan-), meaning 'all' or 'every', and ΜΕΓΕΘΟΣ (megethos), meaning 'greatness' or 'size'. It literally means 'all-great' or 'all-sized', conveying the sense of immense scale.

G0450

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: an-ES-tay-ken

Translations: has stood up, has risen, has been raised, has appeared

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to stand up,' 'to rise,' or 'to be raised.' It is often used to describe someone getting up from a seated or lying position, or rising from the dead. It can also refer to the appearance or establishment of something or someone. In a sentence, it would describe an action that has been completed and has ongoing results.

Inflection: Perfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΑΝΙΣΤΑΜΑΙ, ΟΡΘΟΩ

G206

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ah-KROO

Translations: of the end, of the top, of the extremity, of the highest point, of the tip, of the summit, an end, a top, an extremity, a highest point, a tip, a summit

Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the noun 'ἈΚΡΟΣ', meaning 'end', 'top', or 'extremity'. It is often used in phrases like 'from the end of the earth' or 'to the very top'. It refers to the outermost or highest point of something.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Neuter

Synonyms: ΤΕΛΟΣ, ΠΕΡΑΣ, ΚΟΡΥΦΗ

Etymology: The word 'ἈΚΡΟΣ' comes from the Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'sharp' or 'pointed'. It refers to the highest or outermost point.

G4937

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: soon-TEE-thays

Translations: putting together, composing, agreeing, covenanting, arranging, devising, conspiring

Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΣΥΝ (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb ΤΙΘΗΜΙ (tithēmi), meaning 'to put' or 'to place'. Therefore, it literally means 'to put together'. It is used to describe the act of composing or arranging something, such as a plan or an agreement. It can also mean to agree or covenant with someone, or to devise or conspire.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Singular

Synonyms: ΣΥΜΦΩΝΕΩ, ΣΥΝΤΑΣΣΩ, ΣΥΝΤΙΘΕΜΑΙ

G1300

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: dee-op-TEH-oo-oy

Translations: spy out, observe, reconnoiter, survey

Notes: This word means to spy out, observe, or reconnoiter, often with the intent of gaining information or surveying a situation. It implies a careful and often strategic observation. It can be used in contexts where one is looking over a landscape, a military position, or even a person's actions.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Present, Optative, Active

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΣΚΟΠΕΥΩ, ΣΚΟΠΕΥΩ, ΘΕΩΡΕΩ

Etymology: The word ΔΙΟΠΤΕΥΩ (diopteuō) is derived from διά (dia), meaning 'through', and ὀπτεύω (opteuō), meaning 'to look, to see'. Thus, it literally means 'to look through' or 'to see thoroughly'.

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: sko-toh-dee-NEE-an

Translations: dizziness, giddiness, vertigo, darkness, dimness of sight, a dizziness caused by darkness

Notes: This word is a compound noun, combining elements related to 'darkness' (σκότος) and 'dizziness' or 'whirling' (δίνη). It refers to a state of dizziness or vertigo, often specifically implying a sensation of dimness or darkness accompanying the giddiness, or a dizziness caused by being in darkness. It describes a physical sensation rather than a moral or abstract concept.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΙΛΙΓΓΟΣ, ΣΚΟΤΩΣΙΣ

Etymology: The word ΣΚΟΤΟΔΙΝΙΑ is a compound of two Greek words: σκότος (SKOTOS), meaning 'darkness' or 'gloom', and δίνη (DINE), meaning 'whirl', 'eddy', or 'giddiness'. It literally means 'dark-whirling' or 'dark-dizziness'.

G1824

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ex-ik-NOO-me-nes

Translations: of reaching, of arriving, of extending, of attaining, of coming to

Notes: This word is a present middle/passive participle derived from the verb ἐξικνέομαι, meaning 'to reach, arrive, extend, or attain'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action that is ongoing. It can be used to describe something that is in the process of reaching a certain point or extending to a particular limit.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Participle, Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ἈΦΙΚΝΟΥΜΕΝΗΣ, ΦΘΑΝΟΥΣΗΣ

Etymology: The verb ἐξικνέομαι is a compound word formed from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb ἱκνέομαι (hikneomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to arrive'. Thus, it literally means 'to come out to' or 'to arrive from'.

G0280

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-MEH-tray-ton

Translations: immeasurable, unmeasurable, boundless, infinite, an immeasurable thing

Notes: This word describes something that cannot be measured or is without limits. It is a compound word formed from the negative prefix 'ἀ-' (a-, meaning 'not' or 'without') and 'μετρητός' (metrētos, meaning 'measurable'). It is used to emphasize the vastness or incomprehensibility of something, such as God's mercy or the size of the earth.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΠΕΡΑΝΤΟΣ, ΑΝΕΞΙΧΝΙΑΣΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word is derived from the negative prefix ἀ- (a-, 'not') and μετρητός (metrētos, 'measurable'), which comes from μετρέω (metreō, 'to measure').

G4887

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: soon-eh-deh-DEH-toh

Translations: was bound together, had been bound together, was tied together, had been tied together

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition "σύν" (together with) and the verb "δέω" (to bind or tie). It means to be bound or tied together. The form "συνεδεδέτο" is the third person singular imperfect indicative middle/passive, indicating an ongoing or repeated action in the past, where the subject was being bound or had been bound together.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Imperfect, Indicative, Middle or Passive

Synonyms: ΔΕΩ, ΚΑΤΑΔΕΩ, ΠΡΟΣΔΕΩ

G5067

Part of Speech: Numeral, Adjective

Sounds like: teh-TAR-tos

Translations: fourth, a fourth

Notes: This word is an ordinal numeral meaning 'fourth'. It is used to indicate the position of something in a sequence, such as 'the fourth day' or 'the fourth person'. As an adjective, it agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun it modifies.

Inflection: Masculine, Nominative, Singular (can also be Feminine, Neuter, and other cases like Genitive, Dative, Accusative, and Vocative, and Plural)

Etymology: From τέσσαρες (tessares), meaning 'four'. It is the ordinal form derived from the cardinal number.

G4742

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: STOY-khos

Translations: row, a row, line, a line, element, an element, principle, a principle

Notes: This word refers to a row, line, or series of things, often arranged in order. It can also denote a basic element or fundamental principle, like the 'elements' of the world or the 'rudiments' of a subject. In a physical sense, it describes things standing in a line, such as soldiers or columns. In a more abstract sense, it refers to foundational components or teachings.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΤΑΞΙΣ, ΓΡΑΜΜΗ

Etymology: From the verb στείχω (steichō), meaning 'to walk in order, march, go'. The noun thus refers to something arranged in a walking order or line.

G3978

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: PA-khos

Translations: thickness, a thickness, fatness, a fatness

Notes: This word refers to the quality of being thick or dense, or the state of being fat or stout. It can describe the physical dimension of an object, indicating its depth or bulk, or it can refer to the bodily condition of being overweight. It is often used in contexts describing measurements or physical attributes.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΠΛΑΤΟΣ, ΠΥΚΝΟΤΗΣ

Etymology: From the Greek adjective παχύς (pachys), meaning 'thick' or 'fat'.

G1538

Part of Speech: Adjective, Pronoun

Sounds like: eh-KAS-too

Translations: of each, of every, of everyone, of each one

Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the adjective/pronoun 'each' or 'every'. It is used to refer to individual members of a group, emphasizing their distinctness. It can function as an adjective modifying a noun (e.g., 'of each man') or as a pronoun standing alone (e.g., 'of each one').

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Etymology: The word ΕΚΑΣΤΟΣ (hekastos) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to the root *sek- meaning 'to cut' or 'to separate', implying 'each one separately'.

G2947

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: KEE-oh-nos

Translations: of a pillar, of a column

Notes: This word refers to a pillar or a column, typically a structural support in architecture. It is used to describe a vertical support, often made of stone, that holds up a roof or other part of a building. It can also be used metaphorically to describe a strong support or foundation.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine

Synonyms: ΣΤΥΛΟΣ, ΕΔΡΑΙΩΜΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *ki- (to swell, be strong). The word refers to something that stands firm or supports.

G1993

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-pee-sy-NAP-ton-tohn

Translations: joining together, connecting, attaching, adding, uniting

Notes: This word is a present active participle, genitive plural, of the verb ἐπισυνάπτω. It is a compound word formed from the prepositions ἐπί (upon, to, in addition to) and σύν (with, together) and the verb ἅπτω (to fasten, to join). It describes the action of multiple subjects or entities joining, connecting, or attaching things together, or adding one thing to another. It implies a process of bringing things into close association or continuity.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Genitive, Masculine, Feminine or Neuter, Plural

Synonyms: ΣΥΝΑΠΤΩ, ΠΡΟΣΑΠΤΩ, ΕΝΟΩ

Etymology: The verb ἐπισυνάπτω is a compound of ἐπί (epi, 'upon, to, in addition to'), σύν (syn, 'with, together'), and ἅπτω (haptō, 'to fasten, to join'). It literally means 'to fasten together upon' or 'to join together in addition'.

G3712

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: or-GY-ee-as

Translations: fathom, of a fathom, fathoms

Notes: This word refers to a unit of measurement, specifically a fathom, which is the distance between a person's outstretched arms, typically about six feet or 1.8 meters. It is used to describe depth, especially in water, or sometimes length. In the provided form, it can indicate possession (of a fathom) or be used as a direct object (fathoms).

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine or Plural, Accusative, Feminine

Etymology: From the Greek verb ὀρέγω (oregō), meaning 'to stretch out', referring to the length of outstretched arms.

G4047

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: peh-ree-lah-BEIN

Translations: to encompass, to embrace, to include, to surround, to take in, to seize, to grasp, to comprehend

Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'perilambanō'. It generally means to take hold of something, to surround it, or to include it within a boundary. It can also imply grasping or comprehending a concept.

Inflection: Infinitive, Aorist, Active

Synonyms: ΣΥΛΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΚΥΚΛΟΩ, ΠΕΡΙΕΧΩ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the preposition ΠΕΡΙ (peri), meaning 'around' or 'about', and the verb ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ (lambanō), meaning 'to take' or 'to receive'.

G1362

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: dee-PLEES

Translations: of double, of twofold, double, twofold

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'double' or 'twofold'. It describes something that is twice the amount, size, or number of something else. It can be used to indicate a quantity or a characteristic, such as 'a double portion' or 'a twofold blessing'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΔΙΣΣΟΣ, ΔΙΠΛΟΥΝ

Etymology: The word 'διπλοῦς' (diplous) comes from 'δύο' (duo), meaning 'two', and 'πλόος' (ploos), meaning 'sailing' or 'fold'. It literally means 'two-fold' or 'double'.

G4687, G4686

Part of Speech: Verb, Noun

Sounds like: SPEI-ras

Translations: you sowed, you scattered, a cohort, a company, a band

Notes: This word can be either a verb form or a noun. As a verb, it is the second person singular aorist active indicative of 'σπείρω' (speirō), meaning 'to sow' or 'to scatter'. It describes an action of planting seeds or dispersing something widely. As a noun, 'σπεῖρα' (speira) refers to a military cohort, a company, or a band of people, often used in the context of Roman military units.

Inflection: Verb: Second Person Singular, Aorist Active Indicative; Noun: Nominative Singular, Feminine

Synonyms: ΣΚΟΡΠΙΖΩ, ΔΙΑΣΚΟΡΠΙΖΩ, ΤΑΓΜΑ

Etymology: The verb ΣΠΕΙΡΩ comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to strew, scatter'. The noun ΣΠΕΙΡΑ is derived from the verb, referring to something 'sown' or 'gathered', evolving to mean a 'coil' or 'band', and then a military unit.

G5274

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: hoo-peh-ee-lay-MEH-nes

Translations: taken up, assumed, supposed, received, understood, conceived, thought, considered, answered, replied

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been taken up' or 'having been assumed'. It describes something that has been received, understood, or supposed. It can also refer to someone who has answered or replied. The root verb means to take up, receive, suppose, or answer.

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ, ΔΕΧΟΜΑΙ, ΝΟΜΙΖΩ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek ὑπό (hypó, 'under') and λαμβάνω (lambánō, 'to take, seize'). It literally means 'to take from under' or 'to take up'.

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: kee-oh-noh-KRAH-nohn

Translations: (of) column capitals, (of) capitals, (of) pillar heads

Notes: This is a compound noun, formed from 'κίων' (column) and 'κράνον' (head or top). It refers to the capital of a column, which is the decorative top part of a pillar. The word describes the architectural element that crowns a column.

Inflection: Plural, Genitive, Neuter

Etymology: The word ΚΙΟΝΟΚΡΑΝΟΝ is a compound of two Greek words: ΚΙΩΝ (kion), meaning 'column' or 'pillar', and ΚΡΑΝΟΝ (kranon), meaning 'head' or 'top', related to ΚΡΑΝΙΟΝ (kranion) 'skull'. It literally means 'column-head'.

G2079

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: eh-pex-eer-GAS-meh-nohn

Translations: of those worked out, of those finished, of those elaborated, of those perfected

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been worked out' or 'having been finished'. It describes something that has been thoroughly completed or elaborated upon. It is a compound word formed from 'ἐπί' (upon, in addition), 'ἐκ' (out of), and 'ἐργάζομαι' (to work).

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Genitive, Plural, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΕΡΓΑΣΜΕΝΩΝ, ΤΕΤΕΛΕΣΜΕΝΩΝ

G1611

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ek-PLEEK-seen

Translations: astonishment, amazement, wonder, awe, an astonishment, an amazement, a wonder, an awe

Notes: This word refers to a state of being overwhelmed by something unexpected or extraordinary, leading to a sense of wonder, shock, or profound surprise. It describes the feeling one experiences when confronted with something truly remarkable or astonishing. It is often used to describe the reaction to a miracle, a powerful teaching, or an impressive display.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΘΑΜΒΟΣ, ἘΚΣΤΑΣΙΣ

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: dee-AH

Translations: through, by, by means of, on account of, because of, for the sake of

Notes: This word is a preposition that can take two different cases, which changes its meaning. When used with the genitive case, it means 'through' or 'by means of', indicating the instrument or agency by which something is done. When used with the accusative case, it means 'on account of', 'because of', or 'for the sake of', indicating the cause or reason for something.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΚ, ΕΝΕΚΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'through' or 'apart'.

G1510

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ON-ton

Translations: of being, of existing, of those who are, of those who exist, of things that are, of things that exist

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'to be'. It functions like an adjective or a noun, indicating 'of those who are' or 'of things that exist'. It is often used to describe the state or condition of a group of people or things, or to refer to existing entities in a genitive context, meaning 'belonging to' or 'concerning' them.

Inflection: Present, Active, Genitive, Plural, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΥΠΑΡΧΟΝΤΩΝ, ΓΙΝΟΜΕΝΩΝ

G3319

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: MEH-soo

Translations: middle, midst, among, between, in the middle, in the midst, (of) the middle, (of) the midst

Notes: This word refers to the middle or midst of something. As an adjective, it describes something as being in the middle. When used as a noun, often in the genitive case (like ΜΕΣΟΥ), it functions adverbially to indicate being in the midst of or among something or someone, frequently appearing with prepositions like διά (through) or ἐν (in).

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΕΝΔΟΝ, ΜΕΣΟΝ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *medʰyo- (middle). It is cognate with Latin medius and English mid.

G3862

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: pa-ral-LAY-loy

Translations: parallel, side-by-side, alongside

Notes: This word describes things that are parallel, meaning they extend in the same direction and maintain the same distance apart, never meeting. It is often used to describe lines, surfaces, or concepts that run alongside each other without converging.

Inflection: Nominative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΣΥΝΕΧΕΙΣ, ΠΛΗΣΙΟΝ

Etymology: The word is a compound of παρά (para), meaning 'beside' or 'alongside', and ἄλληλος (allēlos), meaning 'one another'. Thus, it literally means 'beside one another'.

G5144

Part of Speech: Numeral

Sounds like: tree-AH-kon-tah

Translations: thirty

Notes: This word means 'thirty' and is used to denote the number 30. It functions as an indeclinable numeral, meaning its form does not change regardless of the gender, case, or number of the noun it modifies. It is typically used to quantify nouns, indicating a quantity of thirty units.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Etymology: From τρεῖς (treis, “three”) and a suffix related to -κοντα (-konta, “-ty”), indicating multiples of ten. It is cognate with Latin triginta and English thirty.

G5228

Part of Speech: Preposition

Sounds like: hoo-PER

Translations: over, above, for, on behalf of, concerning, beyond, more than

Notes: ΥΠΕΡ is a Koine Greek preposition. Its meaning varies depending on the grammatical case of the noun it governs. When used with the genitive case, it often means 'on behalf of', 'for the sake of', 'concerning', or 'instead of'. When used with the accusative case, it typically means 'over', 'above', 'beyond', or 'more than', often indicating position or motion.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΠΙ, ΠΕΡΙ, ΑΝΤΙ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *uperi, meaning 'over, above'. It is cognate with English 'over' and Latin 'super'.

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: hay-mee-OH-lee-on

Translations: one and a half, a half-and-a-half, a sesquialter

Notes: This word describes something that is one and a half times another quantity or measure. It is often used in mathematics, music, or architecture to denote a ratio of 3:2. For example, a musical interval that is a perfect fifth has a frequency ratio of 3:2, which would be described as ἡμιόλιον. It can function as an adjective modifying a noun, or as a noun itself referring to the ratio or quantity.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Neuter

Etymology: The word is a compound of ἥμισυς (hēmisys), meaning 'half', and ὅλος (holos), meaning 'whole' or 'entire'. It literally means 'half-whole', referring to the concept of one and a half.

G1362

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: dee-PLAH-see-on

Translations: double, twice as much, a double portion, a double amount

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'double' or 'twice as much'. It is used to describe something that is two times the quantity, size, or amount of something else. For example, it could refer to a double portion of food or a quantity that is twice as large.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΔΙΣΣΟΣ, ΔΙΠΛΟΥΣ

Etymology: The word originates from the Greek prefix 'δι-' (di-), meaning 'two' or 'twice', combined with 'πλάσιος' (plasios), meaning 'fold' or 'multiple'.

G0430

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: an-EI-khen

Translations: he was enduring, he was bearing, he was holding up, he was holding back, he was putting up with

Notes: This is an inflected form of the verb ἀνέχω, meaning to endure, bear, or hold up. It is a compound verb formed from ἀνά (ana, 'up' or 'back') and ἔχω (echō, 'to have' or 'to hold'). In this form, it describes an action that was ongoing in the past, indicating that someone or something was in the process of enduring, bearing, or holding something up or back.

Inflection: Imperfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular

Synonyms: ΥΠΟΜΕΝΩ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ

Etymology: The verb ἀνέχω is a compound of the preposition ἀνά (ana), meaning 'up' or 'back', and the verb ἔχω (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. The combination suggests the idea of holding oneself up or holding something back.

G1538

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: eh-kah-teh-ROH-then

Translations: on both sides, from both sides, on every side

Notes: This word is an adverb indicating location or direction from two or more sides. It is used to describe something that is present or occurring on either side of a central point, or from multiple directions. For example, one might say that a crowd gathered 'on both sides' of a road.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Etymology: This word is derived from the Greek word 'ἑκάτερος' (hekateros), meaning 'each of two', combined with the suffix '-θεν' (-then), which indicates origin or direction 'from'.

G3586

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: XOO-loys

Translations: (to) wood, (to) a tree, (to) timber, (to) a staff, (to) a club, (to) a cross

Notes: This word is the dative plural form of the noun 'ΞΥΛΟΝ' (xylon). It refers to wood in its various forms, such as a standing tree, cut timber, a piece of wood used as a staff or club, or even a cross. In the dative case, it indicates the indirect object or the means/instrument by which an action is performed, often translated with prepositions like 'to', 'for', 'with', 'by', or 'in'.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Neuter

Synonyms: ΔΕΝΔΡΟΝ, ΔΟΚΟΣ, ΡΑΒΔΟΣ

G1877

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eks-ays-KAYN-toh

Translations: had been furnished, had been fitted out, had been prepared, had been equipped

Notes: This is a verb in the Pluperfect Passive Indicative, 3rd Person Plural. It describes an action that was completed in the past and whose result continued into a later past time. The root verb means 'to pitch a tent, to dwell, to encamp', but with the prefix 'ex-' (ἐξ-), it often takes on the meaning of 'to furnish, to fit out, to prepare, to equip', especially in a context of construction or arrangement. Thus, it indicates that something had been thoroughly prepared or fitted out.

Inflection: Pluperfect, Passive, Indicative, 3rd Person, Plural

Synonyms: ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΑΖΩ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ, ΠΑΡΑΣΚΕΥΑΖΩ

G4186

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: po-LY-tro-poys

Translations: many-sided, versatile, manifold, various, of many turns, much-traveled

Notes: This is a compound adjective meaning 'of many turns' or 'many-sided'. It describes something that has many different forms, ways, or characteristics. It can refer to someone who is versatile or resourceful, or to things that are diverse or complex. It is used to describe a variety of situations or methods.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Masculine or Feminine

Synonyms: ΠΟΙΚΙΛΟΣ, ΠΟΛΥΜΟΡΦΟΣ, ΠΟΛΥΣΧΙΔΗΣ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek πολύς (polys, 'many') and τρόπος (tropos, 'turn, way, manner').

G4976

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: SKHEE-mah-tohn

Translations: of forms, of shapes, of figures, of appearances, of outward appearances, of fashion

Notes: This word refers to the outward form, shape, or appearance of something. It can also denote the fashion or manner in which something is done or presented. It is used to describe the external aspect of a person or thing, often in contrast to its inner nature or substance.

Inflection: Genitive, Plural, Neuter

Synonyms: ΜΟΡΦΗ, ΕΙΔΟΣ, ΤΥΠΟΣ

Etymology: From the root word ἔχω (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold', referring to that which is held or possessed as an outward form or appearance.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ay-GAY-reh-toh

Translations: was being raised, was being awakened, was being stirred up, was rising, was awakening, was stirring up

Notes: This is the third person singular imperfect indicative form of the verb 'ἐγείρω' (egeiro). It describes an action that was ongoing or repeated in the past. In the middle voice, it means 'to rise' or 'to awaken oneself', while in the passive voice, it means 'to be raised' or 'to be awakened'. It can refer to physical rising, awakening from sleep, or being stirred up in a metaphorical sense, such as a war or a cry being raised.

Inflection: Imperfect, Indicative, Middle or Passive Voice, 3rd Person, Singular

Synonyms: ἈΝΙΣΤΗΜΙ, ἘΞΕΓΕΙΡΩ

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ep-ee-STOO-lee-oys

Translations: (to) architraves, (to) lintels

Notes: This word refers to an architrave or lintel, which is the main beam resting across the tops of columns, especially in classical architecture. It is the lowest part of the entablature, supporting the frieze and cornice. In a sentence, it would describe something related or given to these architectural elements.

Inflection: Plural, Dative, Neuter

Etymology: The word ἘΠΙΣΤΥΛΙΟΝ is a compound word derived from the Greek preposition ἘΠΙ (epi), meaning 'upon' or 'over', and ΣΤΥΛΟΣ (stylos), meaning 'pillar' or 'column'. Thus, it literally means 'that which is upon a column'.

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: proh-meh-toh-pi-DEE-oo

Translations: of a frontlet, of a band, of a fascia, of a frieze

Notes: This word is a diminutive noun, referring to a small frontlet, band, or fascia. It is often used in architectural contexts to describe a small decorative band or frieze, or in other contexts for something placed on the forehead or front. It is a compound word formed from 'πρό' (before), 'μέτωπον' (forehead), and the diminutive suffix '-ίδιον'.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Neuter

Etymology: The word is a compound derived from the preposition 'πρό' (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of', and 'μέτωπον' (metopon), meaning 'forehead' or 'front'. The suffix '-ίδιον' (-idion) is a diminutive, indicating something small. Thus, it literally means 'a small thing in front of the forehead' or 'a small front piece'.

G5109

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: TOY-khoo

Translations: of a wall, of the wall

Notes: This word refers to a wall, typically one that encloses or divides a space, such as a house or a city. It is used to denote the boundary or structure of a building or enclosure. In the provided examples, it appears in contexts relating to a stone crying out from a wall, or someone looking from behind a wall.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine

Synonyms: ΤΕΙΧΟΣ, ΚΥΚΛΩΜΑ

Etymology: The word ΤΟΙΧΟΣ (toichos) is of uncertain origin, possibly related to the verb τείχω (teichō), meaning 'to build a wall'.

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: EH-khon-tos

Translations: of having, of possessing, of holding, of being, of having a, of possessing a, of holding a, of being a

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'ἔχω' (echō), meaning 'to have', 'to hold', or 'to possess'. As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing someone or something that is in the act of having, holding, or being. In this genitive form, it often indicates possession or a characteristic of something, similar to 'of one who has' or 'of that which has'.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΚΕΚΤΗΜΕΝΟΣ, ΚΡΑΤΟΥΝΤΟΣ

G1735

Part of Speech: Participle, Adjective

Sounds like: en-de-do-MEE-meh-noos

Translations: bound in, fastened, tied up, those who are bound in, the ones fastened

Notes: This word is a perfect passive participle, meaning 'having been bound in' or 'having been fastened'. It describes something or someone that has been secured or tied up. As a participle, it functions like an adjective, modifying a noun, and can also be used substantively to refer to 'those who have been bound in'. It is a compound word formed from the preposition ἐν (en, 'in') and the verb δέω (deō, 'to bind').

Inflection: Perfect, Passive, Participle, Masculine, Plural, Accusative

Synonyms: ΔΕΔΕΜΕΝΟΥΣ, ΣΥΝΔΕΔΕΜΕΝΟΥΣ

G3589

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: XES-too

Translations: of a sextarius, of a measure, of a pot, of a pitcher

Notes: This word refers to a Roman liquid measure, specifically a sextarius, which was about one pint. It can also refer to a pot or pitcher used for holding liquids, often made of stone or earthenware. In the provided context, it likely refers to houses built with such measures or materials, possibly implying a certain size or quality.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine

Synonyms: ΜΕΤΡΟΝ, ΑΓΓΕΙΟΝ

Etymology: From Latin 'sextarius', meaning 'the sixth part', referring to a sixth part of a congius (a larger liquid measure).

G0571

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ah-PIS-tah

Translations: unbelievable, incredible, faithless, unbelieving, a faithless thing, an unbelievable thing

Notes: This word describes something that is not to be believed, or someone who is without faith or trust. It can refer to things that are incredible or impossible to believe, or to people who are unfaithful, untrustworthy, or who do not believe. In the provided context, it likely refers to things that are 'unbelievable' or 'incredible'.

Inflection: Plural, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΠΕΙΘΗΣ, ΑΠΕΛΠΙΣΤΟΣ

G5108

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: toy-OO-tos

Translations: such, such a, such a kind, such a one

Notes: This word is a demonstrative adjective meaning 'such' or 'of such a kind'. It is used to refer to something or someone previously mentioned or implied, indicating their nature or quality. It can function adjectivally, modifying a noun, or substantively, standing in for a noun (e.g., 'such a one').

Inflection: Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter; Singular or Plural; Nominative, Genitive, Dative, or Accusative. It inflects to agree with the noun it modifies in gender, number, and case.

Synonyms: ΟΙΟΣ, ΤΟΣΟΥΤΟΣ

Etymology: From the demonstrative pronoun οὗτος (houtos, "this") and the correlative pronoun οἷος (hoios, "such as"). It literally means "this kind of".

G0568

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: ah-PEH-khon

Translations: being far off, distant, having received in full, keeping away from

Notes: This word is a present active participle of the verb ἀπέχω (apechō). It is a compound word formed from ἀπό (apo), meaning 'from' or 'away from', and ἔχω (echō), meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'. Depending on the context, it can mean 'being far off' or 'distant' in a spatial sense, or 'having received in full' when referring to payment or reward, or 'keeping oneself away from' something.

Inflection: Present Active Participle, Masculine, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΜΑΚΡΑΝ, ΠΟΡΡΩ

G4183

Part of Speech: Adverb, Adjective

Sounds like: PO-loo

Translations: much, many, great, greatly, often, a lot

Notes: This word is commonly used to indicate a large quantity, degree, or frequency. As an adverb, it means 'much,' 'greatly,' or 'often,' modifying verbs or adjectives. As an adjective, it means 'much' (for singular nouns) or 'many' (for plural nouns), describing the quantity of something. It can also mean 'great' in terms of size or importance.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular (as adjective); Does not inflect (as adverb)

Synonyms: ΠΟΛΛΑ, ΠΛΕΙΟΝ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European, meaning 'much' or 'many'. It is a very common word across various Indo-European languages.

G1208

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: DEH-oo-teh-ros

Translations: second, a second

Notes: This word means 'second' in terms of order, rank, or time. It is used to indicate the item or person that follows the first in a sequence. As an adjective, it modifies nouns and agrees with them in gender, number, and case.

Inflection: Masculine, Nominative, Singular. This adjective inflects for gender (masculine, feminine, neuter), number (singular, plural), and case (nominative, genitive, dative, accusative).

Etymology: From an unused root meaning 'to follow'. It is related to the concept of 'two' but specifically denotes the ordinal position.

G4318

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: pros-BAH-tos

Translations: accessible, approachable, a place to be approached

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'accessible' or 'approachable'. It describes something that can be reached or entered, often implying a path or means of access. It can refer to a place that is easy to get to or a person who is easy to approach.

Inflection: Masculine, Nominative, Singular

Synonyms: ΠΡΟΣΙΤΟΣ, ΕΥΠΡΟΣΙΤΟΣ

Etymology: This word is a compound of the preposition πρός (pros), meaning 'to' or 'towards', and the verbal adjective βατός (batos), meaning 'passable' or 'able to be trodden'.

G4024

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: peh-ree-EH-khen

Translations: contained, held, enclosed, surrounded, comprehended

Notes: This word is a compound verb formed from περί (peri, meaning 'around' or 'about') and ἔχω (echō, meaning 'to have' or 'to hold'). It means to hold around, encompass, contain, or include. It can also mean to comprehend or grasp something mentally. It is used to describe something that holds or encloses another thing, or to describe a text or statement that includes certain information.

Inflection: Imperfect, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular

Synonyms: ΕΧΩ, ΚΡΑΤΕΩ, ΣΥΝΕΧΩ

Etymology: From the preposition περί (peri, 'around, about') and the verb ἔχω (echō, 'to have, to hold').

G3035

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: li-THI-noo

Translations: (of) stone, (of) a stone, stony, made of stone

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'made of stone' or 'stony'. It describes something that is composed of or resembles stone. It is often used to describe objects, materials, or even hearts that are hard or unyielding like stone.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΠΕΤΡΙΝΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΛΙΘΟΣ (lithos) comes from an ancient root meaning 'stone' or 'rock'. The suffix -ινος (-inos) is used to form adjectives indicating material or origin, thus 'made of stone'.

G1124

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: GRA-fay

Translations: writing, a writing, scripture, a scripture, document, a document

Notes: This word refers to something written, such as a document, a letter, or a record. In a religious context, especially within the New Testament, it frequently refers to the sacred writings or the Holy Scriptures. It can be used to denote the act of writing or the result of that act.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΒΙΒΛΙΟΝ, ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ

Etymology: From the verb γράφω (graphō), meaning 'to write', which comes from a Proto-Indo-European root meaning 'to scratch, carve'.

G2967

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: KOH-loo-on

Translations: hindering, preventing, forbidding, restraining, holding back, keeping back

Notes: This word describes the act of hindering, preventing, or forbidding something or someone. It implies an action that stops or restrains another action or person. It can be used in contexts where someone is being kept from doing something, or an obstacle is preventing an event from occurring.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΕΜΠΟΔΙΖΩ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΑΠΟΚΩΛΥΩ

G0246

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: ahl-loh-ETH-nay

Translations: foreign, alien, of another nation, foreigners, aliens

Notes: This is a compound word formed from 'ἄλλος' (allos), meaning 'other,' and 'ἔθνος' (ethnos), meaning 'nation' or 'people.' It describes something or someone belonging to a different nation or ethnic group, hence 'foreign' or 'alien.' It is used to refer to people who are not part of one's own nation or community.

Inflection: Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative, Neuter, Plural

Synonyms: ΞΕΝΟΣ, ΒΑΡΒΑΡΟΣ

Etymology: The word is a compound of the Greek words ἄλλος (allos), meaning 'other,' and ἔθνος (ethnos), meaning 'nation' or 'people.'

G240

Part of Speech: Reciprocal Pronoun

Sounds like: al-LAY-lone

Translations: of one another, of each other

Notes: This word is a reciprocal pronoun, meaning 'of one another' or 'of each other'. It is used to indicate that an action or relationship is mutual among multiple subjects. It always appears in the plural and is used to express actions or relationships that are directed back and forth between individuals within a group.

Inflection: Genitive, Plural, All genders

Etymology: This word is derived from the reduplication of the stem of ἄλλος (ALLOS), meaning 'other'. The reduplication indicates reciprocity.

G1293

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: dee-ess-TOH-tas

Translations: separated, distant, standing apart, those who are separated

Notes: This word is the perfect active participle of the verb διαΐστημι (diastēmi), meaning 'to stand apart' or 'to separate'. As a participle, it describes something that has been separated or is standing at a distance. It is used to indicate a state of being separated or having a spatial distance between things.

Inflection: Perfect, Active, Participle, Accusative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΑΦΕΣΤΩΤΑΣ, ΚΕΧΩΡΙΣΜΕΝΟΣ

Etymology: The word διαΐστημι (diastēmi) is a compound word formed from διά (dia), meaning 'through' or 'apart', and ἵστημι (histēmi), meaning 'to stand' or 'to set'.

G3756, G3757

Part of Speech: Adverb, Relative Adverb, Relative Pronoun

Sounds like: OO

Translations: not, no, where, of whom, of which, when

Notes: This word, written without diacritics, can represent at least two distinct Koine Greek words. It most commonly functions as a negative particle (οὐ), meaning 'not' or 'no', used to express a direct and objective negation. It can also function as a relative adverb (οὗ), meaning 'where' or 'when', indicating place or time, or as a relative genitive pronoun, meaning 'of whom' or 'of which'. The precise meaning depends on the context and the original diacritics.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as a particle/adverb); Genitive, Singular, Masculine or Neuter (as a relative pronoun)

Synonyms: ΜΗ, ΟΠΟΥ

Etymology: The negative particle οὐ (ou) comes from Proto-Indo-European *ne, meaning 'not'. The relative adverb/pronoun οὗ (hou) comes from Proto-Indo-European *kʷo-, a pronominal stem.

G3935

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: par-AY-ee-men

Translations: we had let go, we had neglected, we had relaxed, we had allowed

Notes: This is the first person plural perfect active indicative form of the verb παρίημι (pariēmi). It means 'we had let go,' 'we had neglected,' 'we had relaxed,' or 'we had allowed.' It describes an action that was completed in the past and whose results continue into the present or are relevant to the present.

Inflection: First Person, Plural, Perfect, Active, Indicative

Etymology: From Ancient Greek παρά (pará, 'beside, by') + ἵημι (híēmi, 'to send, to let go').

G2081

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: eh-SOH-teh-roh

Translations: further within, inner, inward, inside

Notes: This word is a comparative adverb meaning 'further within' or 'inner'. It indicates a position or direction that is more inward or deeper than something else. It is used to describe something located or moving to a more interior space.

Inflection: Comparative adverb, does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΝΔΟΤΕΡΩ, ΕΝΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word ἘΣΩΤΕΡΩ is derived from the adverb ἔσω (esō), meaning 'within' or 'inside', with the comparative suffix -τερω (-terō).

G2532, G1565

Part of Speech: Conjunction, Pronoun

Sounds like: kah-keh-EE-noo

Translations: and of that, and of that one, and of him, and of it

Notes: This word is a contraction (or crasis) of the conjunction 'καί' (kai), meaning 'and', and the genitive singular form 'ἐκείνου' (ekeinou) of the demonstrative pronoun 'ἐκεῖνος' (ekeinos), meaning 'that one' or 'he/it'. Therefore, it means 'and of that one', 'and of him', or 'and of it'. It is used to connect a previous statement with a reference to something or someone previously mentioned, indicating possession or origin.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΚΑΙ ΤΟΥΤΟΥ, ΚΑΙ ΑΥΤΟΥ

G0008

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: ah-BAH-ton

Translations: inaccessible, impassable, unapproachable, a place not to be trodden, a sanctuary

Notes: This word describes something that cannot be entered, trodden upon, or approached. It can refer to a physical place that is impassable or a sacred area that is forbidden to enter. It is a compound word formed from the negative prefix 'α-' (a-) meaning 'not' and the root of 'βαίνω' (bainō) meaning 'to go' or 'to step'.

Inflection: Singular, Neuter, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΠΡΟΣΙΤΟΣ, ΑΝΕΦΙΚΤΟΣ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek ἀ- (a-, negative prefix) + βατός (batos, 'passable, able to be trodden'), from βαίνω (bainō, 'to go, to step').

G2413

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: ee-eh-RON

Translations: sacred, holy, consecrated, a sacred place, a temple, temple

Notes: This word can function as an adjective meaning 'sacred,' 'holy,' or 'consecrated.' When used as a noun, it refers to a 'sacred place' or, more specifically, a 'temple.' It describes something set apart for religious purposes or dedicated to a deity.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΑΓΙΟΣ, ΝΑΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΙΕΡΟΣ (hieros) comes from a pre-Greek substrate word, possibly related to the concept of 'strength' or 'power,' which became associated with divine power and sacredness.

G1525

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ice-EL-thain

Translations: to enter, to go in, to come in

Notes: This word is the aorist active infinitive form of the verb 'to enter' or 'to go in'. It describes the action of moving into a place or situation. It is often used to indicate the commencement of an action or the arrival at a destination.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΕἸΣΠΟΡΕΥΟΜΑΙ, ΕἸΣΒΑΙΝΩ

Etymology: The word ΕἸΣΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ is a compound verb formed from the preposition ΕἸΣ (eis), meaning 'into' or 'to', and the verb ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ (erchomai), meaning 'to come' or 'to go'.

G1832

Part of Speech: Participle, Verb

Sounds like: EX-on

Translations: it is lawful, it is permitted, it is possible, being lawful, being permitted, being possible

Notes: This word is the neuter singular present active participle of the impersonal verb ἔξεστι (exesti), which means 'it is lawful,' 'it is permitted,' or 'it is possible.' As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing something that is lawful, permitted, or possible. It is often used in constructions where something is allowed or permissible.

Inflection: Neuter, Singular, Nominative or Accusative

Synonyms: ΘΕΜΙΣ, ΔΥΝΑΤΟΝ

Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun

Sounds like: TOO-toh

Translations: (to) this, (for) this, (by) this, (in) this, (with) this

Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun meaning 'this' or 'that'. In its dative singular form, as 'ΤΟΥΤΩ', it indicates the indirect object of an action, or the means, instrument, or location. It can be translated as 'to this', 'for this', 'by this', 'in this', or 'with this', depending on the context. It points to something specific that is near or recently mentioned.

Inflection: Singular, Dative, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΟΔΕ, ΕΚΕΙΝΟΣ

G3646

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: oh-loh-kah-too-MEN

Translations: we offer burnt offerings, we burn whole, we sacrifice completely

Notes: This word is a compound verb meaning 'to burn whole' or 'to offer a whole burnt offering.' It refers to a sacrifice where the entire animal or offering is consumed by fire on the altar, leaving nothing behind. It is used in the context of religious rituals and sacrifices.

Inflection: First Person Plural, Present Indicative, Active Voice

Synonyms: ΘΥΩ, ΠΡΟΣΦΕΡΩ

Etymology: The word ΟΛΟΚΑΥΤΩ (holokautó) is a compound of ὅλος (holos), meaning 'whole' or 'complete,' and καίω (kaiō), meaning 'to burn.' It literally means 'to burn whole.'

G3762

Part of Speech: Pronoun, Adjective

Sounds like: oo-DEH-nah

Translations: no one, nobody, none, nothing

Notes: This word is the accusative singular form of the negative pronoun/adjective "οὐδείς" (oudeis), meaning "no one," "nobody," or "nothing." It is a compound word formed from "οὐ" (ou, "not") and "εἷς" (heis, "one"). It is used to negate a person or thing, functioning as the direct object in a sentence. For example, it could mean "(I saw) no one" or "(I have) nothing."

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine or Feminine

Synonyms: ΜΗΔΕΙΣ, ΟΥ̓ΔΕΝ

G2967

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-keh-KO-loo-toh

Translations: he had been hindered, it had been hindered, he had been forbidden, it had been forbidden, he had been prevented, it had been prevented

Notes: This word describes an action that had been prevented, hindered, or forbidden in the past, with the result or state of being hindered continuing up to a certain point in the past. It is used to indicate that someone or something was not allowed or able to proceed due to an external restraint or prohibition. It is a compound word, formed from the root verb κωλύω (to hinder, prevent) with a prefix and reduplication indicating its tense and voice.

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Pluperfect, Indicative, Passive

Synonyms: ΚΩΛΥΜΑ, ΕΜΠΟΔΙΖΩ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ

Etymology: The verb κωλύω (kōlyō) comes from an uncertain origin, possibly related to words meaning 'to cut off' or 'to restrain'.

G2409

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ee-eh-REH-oos

Translations: priest, a priest

Notes: This word refers to a priest, a person authorized to perform sacred rites of a religion, especially as a mediatory agent between humans and God or gods. In ancient contexts, priests were often responsible for sacrifices, rituals, and interpreting divine will. It is typically used to refer to a male religious official.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΑΡΧΙΕΡΕΥΣ

Etymology: From the Greek word ἱερός (hieros), meaning 'sacred' or 'holy'. The suffix -εύς (-eus) indicates a person associated with or performing a specific function.

G1854

Part of Speech: Adverb

Sounds like: EX-oh

Translations: outside, out, without, abroad

Notes: This word is an adverb meaning 'outside' or 'out'. It indicates a position or direction away from an interior or a boundary. It can be used to describe something that is physically located outside, or metaphorically, something that is excluded or beyond a certain limit.

Inflection: Does not inflect

Synonyms: ΕΚΤΟΣ, ΕΞΩΘΕΝ

Etymology: From the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of', and the suffix -ω, which forms adverbs of place. It denotes a position or movement from the inside to the outside.

G4231

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ep-rag-ma-TEH-yoo-eh-toh

Translations: was engaged in business, was occupied with, was busy with, was trading, was dealing

Notes: This word is a verb in the imperfect tense, middle or passive voice, third person singular. It describes an action that was ongoing or repeated in the past. It means to be engaged in business, to be occupied with something, or to trade. It implies a sustained effort or involvement in an activity.

Inflection: Imperfect, Indicative, Middle or Passive, 3rd Person, Singular

Synonyms: ἘΡΓΑΖΟΜΑΙ, ΠΟΙΕΩ, ΠΡΑΤΤΩ

Etymology: The word ΠΡΑΓΜΑΤΕΥΟΜΑΙ is derived from the noun ΠΡΑΓΜΑ (pragma), meaning 'deed, act, thing, business', which itself comes from the verb ΠΡΑΤΤΩ (prattō), meaning 'to do, to accomplish'.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: oh-koh-DOH-may-sen

Translations: built, constructed, erected

Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist active indicative form of the verb 'οἰκοδομέω' (oikodomeō), meaning 'to build' or 'to construct'. It describes an action that was completed in the past by a single subject. For example, 'he built' or 'she constructed'. It is a compound word formed from 'οἶκος' (oikos), meaning 'house', and 'δέμω' (demō), meaning 'to build'.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΚΤΙΖΩ, ΕΓΕΙΡΩ, ΑΝΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ

Etymology: The word 'οἰκοδομέω' (oikodomeō) is a compound verb derived from 'οἶκος' (oikos), meaning 'house', and 'δέμω' (demō), meaning 'to build'. It literally means 'to build a house' and by extension, 'to build' or 'construct' in general.

G3485

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: NAH-oo

Translations: of a temple, of the temple, to a temple, to the temple, temples

Notes: This word refers to a temple or a sanctuary, specifically the inner part of a temple where the deity was worshipped. It can also refer to the entire sacred edifice. In the provided examples, it appears in the genitive singular (of the temple) and the nominative/accusative plural (temples).

Inflection: Singular, Genitive or Dative; or Plural, Nominative, Accusative, or Vocative; Masculine

Synonyms: ΙΕΡΟΝ, ΝΕΩΣ

Etymology: The word ΝΑΟΣ (naos) is of uncertain origin, possibly from a root meaning 'to dwell' or 'to inhabit'. It refers to a dwelling place, particularly of a god.

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: oy-ko-do-mee-THEN-tos

Translations: of having been built, of having been edified, of having been constructed

Notes: This word is a participle derived from the verb 'οἰκοδομέω', meaning 'to build' or 'to edify'. As a participle, it describes an action that has already occurred, functioning like an adjective or a noun. In this form, it indicates something that 'has been built' or 'has been edified', often implying a completed action with a passive voice, meaning the subject received the action of building or edifying. It is used in a genitive case, indicating possession or relationship, often translated with 'of'.

Inflection: Aorist, Passive, Participle, Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter

Synonyms: ΚΤΙΣΘΕΝΤΟΣ, ΕΓΕΙΡΘΕΝΤΟΣ

Etymology: The word 'οἰκοδομέω' is a compound word formed from 'οἶκος' (oikos), meaning 'house', and 'δέμω' (demō), meaning 'to build'. Thus, it literally means 'to build a house'. Over time, its meaning expanded to include the more general sense of 'to build' or 'to construct', and metaphorically, 'to edify' or 'to build up' a person or community.

G0537

Part of Speech: Adjective

Sounds like: AH-pahs

Translations: all, every, whole, a whole, an entire

Notes: This word is an adjective meaning 'all', 'every', or 'the whole'. It emphasizes totality, indicating that something is complete or entire, without exception. It can be used to describe a group of people or things, or a complete quantity of something. For example, 'all the people' or 'the whole city'.

Inflection: Nominative, Masculine or Neuter, Singular

Synonyms: ΠΑΣ, ΟΛΟΣ, ΣΥΜΠΑΣ

Etymology: From Ancient Greek πᾶς (pas, “all, every”) and the intensive prefix ἀ- (a-).

G4137

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ep-lay-ROH-thay

Translations: was fulfilled, was completed, was filled, was accomplished, was made full

Notes: This word describes something being brought to completion, filled to capacity, or fully accomplished. It is used in a passive sense, indicating that the subject is the recipient of the action, rather than the one performing it. For example, a prophecy might be 'fulfilled,' or a period of time 'completed,' or a vessel 'filled.'

Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Passive, 3rd Person, Singular

Synonyms: ΤΕΛΕΩ, ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ, ἈΝΑΠΛΗΡΟΩ

G5036

Part of Speech: Noun, Adverb

Sounds like: ta-KHOOS

Translations: of speed, of swiftness, quickly, swiftly, with speed

Notes: This word is the genitive singular form of the adjective ΤΑΧΥΣ, meaning 'swift' or 'quick'. When used in the genitive case, it often functions adverbially, indicating the manner of an action, specifically 'with speed' or 'quickly'. It can also refer to the quality of 'speed' or 'swiftness' itself.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Neuter

Synonyms: ΣΠΟΥΔΗ, ΤΑΧΥΤΗΣ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *teh₂g- (to touch, to take, to grasp). In Greek, it developed to refer to quickness or swiftness, possibly related to the idea of quick movement or action.

G4160

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: eh-POY-oo-NTO

Translations: they were making, they were doing, they were performing, they were producing

Notes: This word is a verb in the imperfect tense, middle or passive voice, and third person plural. It describes an action that was ongoing or repeated in the past, performed by a group of people. In the middle voice, it means 'they were making/doing for themselves' or 'they were causing to be made/done'. In the passive voice, it means 'they were being made/done'. The specific meaning depends on the context.

Inflection: Imperfect, Indicative, Middle or Passive, Third Person Plural

Synonyms: ΠΡΑΤΤΩ, ΕΡΓΑΖΟΜΑΙ

G1858

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: eh-or-TAH-zon-tes

Translations: celebrating, keeping a feast, feasting, observing a festival

Notes: This word is a present active participle, meaning 'celebrating' or 'keeping a feast'. It describes an ongoing action of observing a festival or engaging in festive activities. It can be used to describe people who are in the act of celebrating.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΕΥΦΡΑΙΝΟΜΑΙ, ΑΓΑΛΛΙΑΩ, ΚΩΜΑΖΩ

Etymology: The word ΕΟΡΤΑΖΩ comes from the Greek word ἑορτή (heortē), meaning 'feast' or 'festival'.

G2743

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tef-fee-MOO-n-tes

Translations: praising, extolling, applauding, shouting praise

Notes: This word describes the act of praising, extolling, or applauding someone or something with loud acclamations or shouts. It implies a public and enthusiastic expression of approval or admiration. It is often used to describe a crowd or group of people expressing their approval or praise.

Inflection: Present, Active, Participle, Nominative, Masculine, Plural

Synonyms: ΕΠΑΙΝΟΥΝΤΕΣ, ΕΥΛΟΓΟΥΝΤΕΣ, ΥΜΝΟΥΝΤΕΣ

Etymology: The word κατευφημέω (kateuphemeō) is a compound word formed from κατά (kata), meaning 'down' or 'intensifying', and εὐφημέω (euphemeō), meaning 'to speak well of' or 'to praise'. Εὐφημέω itself comes from εὖ (eu), meaning 'well', and φήμη (pheme), meaning 'speech' or 'report'. Thus, the compound intensifies the idea of speaking well or praising.

G0308

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: ah-NAK-tee-sin

Translations: restoration, renewal, rebuilding, a restoration, a renewal, a rebuilding

Notes: This word refers to the act of restoring, renewing, or rebuilding something. It implies a process of bringing something back to its original or a better state after decay or destruction. It can be used in contexts of physical structures or abstract concepts.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ἈΝΑΚΑΙΝΙΣΙΣ, ἈΝΑΓΕΝΝΗΣΙΣ

Etymology: The word ἈΝΑΚΤΙΣΙΣ (anaktisis) is derived from the Greek prefix ἀνά (ana), meaning 'again' or 'up,' and the verb κτίζω (ktizo), meaning 'to create' or 'to build.' Thus, it literally means 'a building again' or 'a creating again.'

G1628

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ek-FEY-ghee

Translations: escape, flee, get away, flee out of

Notes: This word means to escape or flee from something, often implying a successful evasion of danger or pursuit. It is a compound word formed from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb φεύγω (pheugō), meaning 'to flee' or 'to escape'. It is used to describe someone or something getting away from a difficult or dangerous situation.

Inflection: Present, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Singular

Synonyms: ΦΕΥΓΩ, ΔΙΑΦΕΥΓΩ, ΑΠΟΔΙΔΡΑΣΚΩ

Etymology: The word ἐκφεύγω (ekpheugō) is a compound verb derived from the preposition ἐκ (ek), meaning 'out of' or 'from', and the verb φεύγω (pheugō), meaning 'to flee' or 'to escape'. The combination emphasizes the act of fleeing *out of* a place or situation.

G1410

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: doo-NAH-sthai

Translations: to be able, to have power, to be strong, can

Notes: This is the present middle/passive infinitive form of the verb 'δύναμαι'. It means 'to be able' or 'to have power'. It is often used in constructions where one expresses the ability or capacity to do something, similar to the English 'can' or 'to be able to'.

Inflection: Infinitive, Present, Middle or Passive Voice

Synonyms: ΙΣΧΥΩ, ΕΞΕΣΤΙ

Etymology: From the root 'δύναμαι', meaning 'to be able'. It is related to 'δύναμις' (dynamis), meaning 'power' or 'ability'.

G4876

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: soon-eh-pep-TOH-kay

Translations: had coincided, had happened, had fallen together, had occurred

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from the preposition σύν (syn, meaning 'with' or 'together') and the verb πίπτω (piptō, meaning 'to fall'). It means 'to fall together with', 'to coincide', 'to happen at the same time', or 'to occur'. It describes events or circumstances that happen concurrently or align with each other.

Inflection: 3rd Person Singular, Pluperfect, Indicative, Active

Synonyms: ΣΥΜΒΑΙΝΩ, ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ, ΑΠΟΒΑΙΝΩ

Etymology: The word συμπίπτω (sympiptō) is derived from the prefix σύν (syn), meaning 'with' or 'together', and the verb πίπτω (piptō), meaning 'to fall'. It literally means 'to fall together'.

G4287

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: pro-thes-MEE-ah

Translations: appointed time, set time, fixed time, deadline, a deadline, of an appointed time, of a set time, of a fixed time, of a deadline

Notes: This word refers to a specific, pre-determined period or date, often implying a deadline or an appointed time for something to occur or be completed. It is a compound word formed from πρό (pro), meaning 'before' or 'in front of', and θέσμιος (thesmios), meaning 'fixed' or 'ordained'. It is used to denote a time limit or a scheduled event.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΚΑΙΡΟΣ, ΧΡΟΝΟΣ

Etymology: From πρό (pro, 'before') and θέσμιος (thesmios, 'fixed, ordained'), referring to a time that has been set or appointed in advance.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tes-keh-wahs-THEE

Translations: it was prepared, it was built, it was constructed, it was made ready, it was furnished

Notes: This word is the third person singular aorist passive indicative form of the verb 'kataskeuazō'. It means 'it was prepared', 'it was built', or 'it was constructed'. It describes something that was made, built, or made ready in the past, with the action being done to it rather than by it.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Aorist, Passive, Indicative

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΚΤΙΖΩ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ

G2927

Part of Speech: Adjective, Noun

Sounds like: KROOP-tay

Translations: hidden, secret, private, a hidden place, a secret place, a crypt

Notes: This word describes something that is hidden, secret, or concealed. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, indicating that the noun possesses the quality of being hidden. It can also function as a noun, referring to a hidden or secret place, such as a crypt or a vault. It is often used to describe things that are not visible or are kept from public knowledge.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative or Accusative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΑΦΑΝΗΣ, ΑΠΟΚΡΥΦΟΣ, ΛΑΘΡΑΙΟΣ

Etymology: The word ΚΡΥΠΤΟΣ derives from the verb κρύπτω (kryptō), meaning 'to hide, to conceal'. Its origin can be traced back to Proto-Indo-European roots related to covering or hiding.

G1363

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: dee-OH-roox

Translations: ditch, canal, trench, a ditch, a canal, a trench

Notes: This word refers to a ditch, canal, or trench, typically an artificial channel dug in the ground for water or for defensive purposes. It is a compound word formed from 'διά' (dia), meaning 'through', and 'ὀρύσσω' (oryssō), meaning 'to dig'. It can be used to describe any excavated channel.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine

Synonyms: ΤΑΦΡΟΣ, ΟΡΥΓΜΑ

Etymology: The word ΔΙΩΡΥΞ is a compound of the preposition διά (dia), meaning 'through' or 'apart', and the verb ὀρύσσω (oryssō), meaning 'to dig'. It literally means 'a digging through'.

G5342

Part of Speech: Verb (Participle)

Sounds like: FEH-roo-sah

Translations: bearing, carrying, bringing, enduring, producing, leading, wearing, yielding, a bearing, a carrying, a bringing, an enduring, a producing, a leading, a wearing, a yielding

Notes: ΦΕΡΟΥΣΑ is the present active participle of the verb ΦΕΡΩ (pherō), meaning 'to bear,' 'carry,' 'bring,' 'endure,' or 'produce.' As a participle, it functions like an adjective or adverb, describing an action performed by a noun. It can indicate an ongoing action or state, often translated with '-ing' forms in English. For example, it can describe someone 'carrying' something or a tree 'bearing' fruit.

Inflection: Singular, Nominative, Feminine, Present Active Participle

Synonyms: ΑΓΩ, ΒΑΣΤΑΖΩ, ΚΟΜΙΖΩ

G0458

G3588, G3739, G3778, G5101

Part of Speech: Proper Noun

Sounds like: an-toh-NEE-as

Translations: Antonia, Antonia Fortress

Notes: This is a proper noun, referring to the Antonia Fortress, a significant military barracks built by Herod the Great in Jerusalem. It was located at the northwest corner of the Temple Mount and served as a strategic stronghold and observation point. It is often mentioned in historical accounts related to events in Jerusalem during the Roman period.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Etymology: The name 'Antonia' is derived from the Roman family name 'Antonius', specifically in honor of Mark Antony, a Roman politician and general.

Part of Speech: Definite Article, Pronoun

Sounds like: HAYS

Translations: (of) the, (of) who, (of) which, (of) this, (of) that, (of) what

Notes: The word "ΗΣ" is a versatile form in Koine Greek, primarily functioning as the genitive singular for masculine and feminine nouns. It can be the genitive singular of the definite article 'the', indicating possession or relationship. It can also be the genitive singular of the relative pronoun 'who/which', connecting clauses, or the demonstrative pronoun 'this/that', pointing to something specific. Additionally, it can be the genitive singular of the interrogative pronoun 'what/who', used in questions.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Feminine

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: kah-tes-keh-YOO-ah-sen

Translations: he prepared, he made ready, he built, he constructed, he furnished, he equipped, he created

Notes: This word describes the act of preparing, making ready, building, or constructing something. It implies a deliberate and often thorough process of bringing something into existence or into a state of readiness. It can be used for building physical structures, preparing a way, or even creating something in a broader sense.

Inflection: Aorist, Indicative, Active, Third Person Singular

Synonyms: ΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΕΤΟΙΜΑΖΩ, ΠΟΙΕΩ

Etymology: From κατά (kata, 'down, against') and σκευάζω (skeuazō, 'to prepare, make ready'), which comes from σκεῦος (skeuos, 'vessel, implement, equipment'). The word literally means 'to prepare thoroughly' or 'to equip fully'.

G1722

Part of Speech: Preposition, Adverb

Sounds like: EN

Translations: in, on, among, by, with, at, into, to, for, toward, during, through, a, an

Notes: This word is a very common preposition in Koine Greek, meaning 'in', 'on', 'among', 'by', or 'with'. It is used to indicate location, time, or means. When used with the dative case, it typically means 'in', 'on', 'at', or 'among'. When used with the accusative case, it indicates motion 'into' or 'to' a place, or a purpose 'for' something. It can also function as an adverb meaning 'therein' or 'within'.

Inflection: Does not inflect (as a preposition). Governs the dative or accusative case.

Synonyms: ΕΠΙ, ΠΡΟΣ, ΔΙΑ

Etymology: From Proto-Indo-European *en, meaning 'in'. It is a very ancient and fundamental preposition.

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: EH-khee

Translations: may have, might have, should have, may hold, might hold, should hold, may possess, might possess, should possess

Notes: This word is an inflected form of the verb 'ἔχω' (echō), meaning 'to have,' 'to hold,' or 'to possess.' It is commonly used to express possession, a state of being, or to indicate a condition. As a subjunctive form, it often appears in clauses expressing possibility, desire, or purpose, frequently translated with 'may,' 'might,' or 'should.'

Inflection: Third Person Singular, Present, Active, Subjunctive

Synonyms: ΚΤΩΜΑΙ, ΚΑΤΕΧΩ, ΛΑΜΒΑΝΩ

G0447

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ah-nee-EH-nai

Translations: to let go, to relax, to give up, to loosen, to release, to neglect, to abandon

Notes: This word is a verb meaning 'to let go,' 'to relax,' 'to give up,' or 'to loosen.' It can be used in various contexts to describe the act of releasing something, whether physically or metaphorically, or to indicate a cessation of effort or attention. For example, it can mean to relax a grip, to abandon a task, or to neglect a duty.

Inflection: Present, Active, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΑΦΙΗΜΙ, ΧΑΛΑΩ, ΛΥΩ

Etymology: From ἀνά (ana), meaning 'up' or 'back,' and ἵημι (hiēmi), meaning 'to send' or 'to let go.'

G3501

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: neh-oh-teh-ris-MON

Translations: innovation, a revolution, a change, a new order

Notes: This word refers to an innovation, a new thing, or a revolutionary change. It can describe a political upheaval or a new custom. In a sentence, it would function as the direct object of a verb, indicating the thing being innovated or changed.

Inflection: Singular, Masculine, Accusative

Synonyms: ΚΑΙΝΟΤΟΜΙΑ, ΜΕΤΑΒΟΛΗ

Etymology: The word ΝΕΩΤΕΡΙΣΜΟΣ (neōterismos) is derived from the adjective ΝΕΩΤΕΡΟΣ (neōteros), meaning 'newer' or 'younger', which itself comes from ΝΕΟΣ (neos), meaning 'new' or 'young'. The suffix -ΙΣΜΟΣ (-ismos) indicates an action, state, or doctrine, thus 'the act or state of being new' or 'innovation'.

G5442

Part of Speech: Verb, Participle

Sounds like: foo-LAT-toh-meh-nos

Translations: being guarded, being kept, being preserved, being observed, being watched, being protected, being defended

Notes: This word is a present passive participle, meaning 'being guarded' or 'being kept'. It describes an action that is currently happening to the subject, indicating that the subject is receiving the action of guarding, keeping, or protecting. It can be used to describe someone or something that is under protection or being observed.

Inflection: Present, Passive, Masculine, Singular, Nominative

Synonyms: ΤΗΡΟΥΜΕΝΟΣ, ΦΡΟΥΡΟΥΜΕΝΟΣ

G3004

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: LEH-geh-tai

Translations: it is said, it is spoken, it is told, he is said, she is said, it is called

Notes: This word is the third person singular, present indicative, passive form of the verb 'λέγω' (legō), meaning 'to say' or 'to speak'. Therefore, 'λέγεται' translates to 'it is said' or 'it is spoken'. It indicates that something is being stated or reported by an unspecified agent, or that someone/something is being referred to or called by a certain name.

Inflection: Third Person, Singular, Present, Indicative, Passive

Synonyms: ΦΗΜΙ, ΛΑΛΕΩ, ΕΡΩ

G1565

Part of Speech: Demonstrative Pronoun, Demonstrative Adjective

Sounds like: eh-KAY-non

Translations: that (one), him, it

Notes: This word is a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, meaning 'that' or 'that one'. It refers to something distant in space or time, or something previously mentioned or understood from the context. As a pronoun, it can stand alone, meaning 'that one' or 'him/it'. As an adjective, it modifies a noun, meaning 'that [noun]'. In this form, it is used for a masculine singular object of a verb or preposition.

Inflection: Masculine, Singular, Accusative

Synonyms: ΟΥ̓ΤΟΣ, ὉΔΕ

Etymology: The word ἘΚΕΙΝΟΣ (ekeinos) is derived from the adverb ἐκεῖ (ekei), meaning 'there'. It refers to something 'over there' or 'that one there', indicating distance.

G2540

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: kai-RON

Translations: time, a time, season, a season, opportune time, a opportune time, proper time, a proper time

Notes: This word refers to a specific, appointed, or opportune time, a critical moment, or a season, rather than general chronological time (which is 'χρόνος'). It often implies a qualitative aspect of time, emphasizing the right or fitting moment for something. In the provided examples, it is used in the accusative case, indicating the object of an action or a duration.

Inflection: Singular, Accusative, Masculine

Synonyms: ΧΡΟΝΟΣ, ΩΡΑ, ΕΠΟΧΗ

Etymology: The etymology of 'καιρός' is uncertain, but it is thought to be related to the idea of 'fitting' or 'proper'.

Part of Speech: Participle

Sounds like: oy-ko-do-moo-MEH-noo

Translations: of building, of being built, of constructing, of being constructed

Notes: This word is a present passive participle, meaning 'of being built' or 'of being constructed'. It describes something that is in the process of being built or constructed. It is a compound word formed from 'οἶκος' (house) and 'δέμω' (to build), literally meaning 'to build a house' or 'to build up'. It is used to indicate an ongoing action of construction.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Masculine or Neuter, Present, Passive

Synonyms: ΑΝΟΙΚΟΔΟΜΕΩ, ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΑΖΩ, ΚΤΙΖΩ

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: ghee-NES-thai

Translations: to become, to happen, to be, to come into being, to be born, to arise, to come to pass

Notes: This verb is very common in Koine Greek and has a broad range of meanings, primarily related to something coming into existence, happening, or changing state. It can describe a process of becoming, an event taking place, or a person being born. It is often used impersonally to mean 'it happened' or 'it came to pass'.

Inflection: Present, Middle/Passive, Infinitive

Synonyms: ΓΕΝΝΑΩ, ΕΡΧΟΜΑΙ, ΣΥΜΒΑΙΝΩ

Etymology: The word ΓΙΝΟΜΑΙ comes from the Proto-Indo-European root *ǵenh₁-, meaning 'to produce, beget, give birth'. It is related to words like 'genesis' and 'generate' in English.

G2967, G2041

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: koh-loo-see-er-GEIN

Translations: to hinder work, to impede work, to prevent from working

Notes: This is a compound verb formed from 'κωλύω' (to hinder, prevent) and 'ἔργον' (work). It means to hinder or impede work, or to prevent someone from working. It describes an action that obstructs or stops a task or activity from being completed.

Inflection: Present Active Infinitive

Synonyms: ΕΜΠΟΔΙΖΕΙΝ, ΚΩΛΥΕΙΝ

Etymology: The word is a compound of κωλύω (kōlyō), meaning 'to hinder, prevent', and ἔργον (ergon), meaning 'work'.

G3860

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: par-EH-doh-kahn

Translations: they delivered, they handed over, they betrayed, they committed, they entrusted

Notes: This is a compound verb meaning 'to hand over', 'to deliver', 'to entrust', or 'to betray'. It describes the action of giving something or someone into the power or care of another. It can be used in various contexts, such as delivering a message, handing over a prisoner, or betraying someone to an enemy.

Inflection: Aorist, Active, Indicative, 3rd Person Plural

Synonyms: ΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΑΠΟΔΙΔΩΜΙ, ΕΠΙΔΙΔΩΜΙ

G0236

Part of Speech: Verb

Sounds like: al-LAS

Translations: change, exchange, alter, transform, substitute

Notes: This verb means to change, alter, or exchange something. It can be used to describe a physical transformation, a change in circumstances, or the act of substituting one thing for another. It is often used in the middle voice (ἈΛΛΆΣΣΟΜΑΙ) to mean 'to be changed' or 'to exchange for oneself'.

Inflection: First Person Singular, Imperfect Indicative, Active Voice; or Second Person Singular, Aorist Imperative, Active Voice; or Third Person Singular, Aorist Indicative, Active Voice; or First Person Singular, Aorist Subjunctive, Active Voice; or Second Person Singular, Aorist Subjunctive, Active Voice; or Third Person Singular, Aorist Subjunctive, Active Voice; or First Person Singular, Aorist Optative, Active Voice; or Second Person Singular, Aorist Optative, Active Voice; or Third Person Singular, Aorist Optative, Active Voice; or First Person Singular, Aorist Imperative, Middle Voice; or Second Person Singular, Aorist Imperative, Middle Voice; or Third Person Singular, Aorist Imperative, Middle Voice; or First Person Singular, Aorist Subjunctive, Middle Voice; or Second Person Singular, Aorist Subjunctive, Middle Voice; or Third Person Singular, Aorist Subjunctive, Middle Voice; or First Person Singular, Aorist Optative, Middle Voice; or Second Person Singular, Aorist Optative, Middle Voice; or Third Person Singular, Aorist Optative, Middle Voice.

Synonyms: ΜΕΤΑΒΆΛΛΩ, ΜΕΤΑΤΊΘΗΜΙ

Etymology: From ἌΛΛΟΣ (allos), meaning 'other'. The verb signifies making something 'other' than it was.

G1715

Part of Speech: Noun

Sounds like: em-fah-NEH-ee-as

Translations: of appearance, of manifestation, of glorious appearing, an appearance, a manifestation, a glorious appearing

Notes: This word refers to an appearance, manifestation, or a visible display, often implying a divine or significant revelation. It can describe the coming into view of something previously hidden or unseen, or a clear demonstration of power or presence. In a theological context, it often refers to the visible coming or manifestation of God or Christ.

Inflection: Singular, Genitive, Feminine

Synonyms: ΕΠΙΦΑΝΕΙΑ, ΦΑΝΕΡΩΣΙΣ

G1822